blob: a626182ac013b90159807b6ff89c51beb80bdba7 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
1030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
1032 c = *p;
1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
1035 }
1036 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1037 {
1038 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1039 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1040 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1041 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001043
1044#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1045 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1046 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1047 {
1048 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1049 lead_repl_len);
1050 int old_size = 0;
1051 char_u *endp = p;
1052 int l;
1053
1054 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1055 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001056 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001057 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1058 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001059 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060 if (l != 0)
1061 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1062 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1063 lead_len += l;
1064 }
1065#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1067 p = leader;
1068 else
1069 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001070#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1072 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1073 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1074
1075 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1076 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001077 {
1078#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1079 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1080
1081 if (l > 1)
1082 {
1083 p -= l;
1084 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1085 {
1086 p[1] = ' ';
1087 --l;
1088 }
1089 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1090 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1091 lead_len -= l;
1092 *p = ' ';
1093 }
1094 else
1095#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001096 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1097 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001098 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099 }
1100 else /* left adjusted leader */
1101 {
1102 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1104 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1105 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1106 * not to be overwritten. */
1107 {
1108 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1109 lead_repl_len);
1110 int i;
1111 int l;
1112
1113 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1114 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001115 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001116 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1117 break;
1118 }
1119 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1120 {
1121 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1122 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1123 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1124 }
1125 }
1126#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001127 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1128
1129 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1130 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1131 * remain the same. */
1132 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1133 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1134 {
1135 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1136 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1137 {
1138 --lead_len;
1139 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1140 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1141 }
1142 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001143 {
1144#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001145 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001146
1147 if (l > 1)
1148 {
1149 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1150 {
1151 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1152 * two spaces */
1153 --l;
1154 *p++ = ' ';
1155 }
1156 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1157 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1158 lead_len -= l - 1;
1159 }
1160#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001161 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001162 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 }
1164 *p = NUL;
1165 }
1166
1167 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1168 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1169#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1170 || do_si
1171#endif
1172 )
1173 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1174
1175 /* Add the indent offset */
1176 if (newindent + off < 0)
1177 {
1178 off = -newindent;
1179 newindent = 0;
1180 }
1181 else
1182 newindent += off;
1183
1184 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1185 * alignment remains equal. */
1186 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1187 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1188 {
1189 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1190 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1191 break;
1192 --lead_len;
1193 --off;
1194 }
1195
1196 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1197 * extra space */
1198 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1199 extra_space = FALSE;
1200 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1201 }
1202
1203 if (extra_space)
1204 {
1205 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1206 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1207 }
1208
1209 newcol = lead_len;
1210
1211 /*
1212 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1213 * is in the comment leader
1214 */
1215 if (newindent
1216#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1217 || did_si
1218#endif
1219 )
1220 {
1221 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1222 {
1223 --lead_len;
1224 --newcol;
1225 ++leader;
1226 }
1227 }
1228
1229 }
1230#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1231 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1232#endif
1233 }
1234 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1235 {
1236 /*
1237 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1238 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1239 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1240 * comment.
1241 */
1242 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1243 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1244#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1245 || do_si
1246#endif
1247 ))
1248 {
1249 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1250 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1251 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1252 {
1253 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1254 newindent = get_indent();
1255 }
1256 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1257 }
1258 }
1259 }
1260#endif
1261
1262 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1263 if (p_extra != NULL)
1264 {
1265 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1266
1267 /*
1268 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1269 * non-blank.
1270 *
1271 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1272 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1273 */
1274 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1275 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1276 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1277 {
1278 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1279#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1280 && (!enc_utf8
1281 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1282#endif
1283 )
1284 {
1285 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1286 replace_push(*p_extra);
1287 ++p_extra;
1288 ++less_cols_off;
1289 }
1290 }
1291 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1292 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1293
1294 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1295 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1296 }
1297
1298 if (p_extra == NULL)
1299 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1300
1301#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1302 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1303 if (lead_len)
1304 {
1305 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1306 p_extra = leader;
1307 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1308 less_cols -= lead_len;
1309 }
1310 else
1311 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1312#endif
1313
1314 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1315 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1316 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1317#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1318 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1319#endif
1320 {
1321 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1322 == FAIL)
1323 goto theend;
1324 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1325 * with markers. */
1326 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1327 did_append = TRUE;
1328 }
1329#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1330 else
1331 {
1332 /*
1333 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1334 */
1335 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1337 {
1338 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1339 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1340 */
1341 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1342 vr_lines_changed++;
1343 }
1344 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1345 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1346 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1347 did_append = FALSE;
1348 }
1349#endif
1350
1351 if (newindent
1352#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1353 || did_si
1354#endif
1355 )
1356 {
1357 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1358#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1359 if (did_si)
1360 {
1361 if (p_sr)
1362 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1363 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1364 }
1365#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001366 /* Copy the indent */
1367 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001368 {
1369 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1370
1371 /*
1372 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1373 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1374 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1375 */
1376 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1377 }
1378 else
1379 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1380 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1381
1382 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 /*
1385 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1386 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1387 */
1388 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1389 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1390 replace_push(NUL);
1391 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1392#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1393 if (no_si)
1394 did_si = FALSE;
1395#endif
1396 }
1397
1398#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1399 /*
1400 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1401 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1402 */
1403 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1404 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1405 replace_push(NUL);
1406#endif
1407
1408 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1409
1410 if (dir == FORWARD)
1411 {
1412 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1413 {
1414 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1415 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1416 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1417 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1418 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1419 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1420 saved_line = NULL;
1421 if (did_append)
1422 {
1423 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1424 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1425 did_append = FALSE;
1426
1427 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1428 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1429 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1430 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1431 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1432 }
1433 else
1434 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1435 }
1436
1437 /*
1438 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1439 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1440 */
1441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1442 }
1443 if (did_append)
1444 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1445
1446 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1447#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1448 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1449#endif
1450
1451#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1452 /*
1453 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1454 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1455 * normal INSERT mode.
1456 */
1457 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1458 {
1459 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1460 State = INSERT;
1461 }
1462 else
1463 vreplace_mode = 0;
1464#endif
1465#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1466 /*
1467 * May do lisp indenting.
1468 */
1469 if (!p_paste
1470# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1471 && leader == NULL
1472# endif
1473 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1474 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1475 {
1476 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1477 p = ml_get_curline();
1478 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1479 }
1480#endif
1481#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1482 /*
1483 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1484 */
1485 if (!p_paste
1486 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1487# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1488 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1489# endif
1490 )
1491 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1492 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1493 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1494 {
1495 do_c_expr_indent();
1496 p = ml_get_curline();
1497 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1498 }
1499#endif
1500#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1501 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1502 State = vreplace_mode;
1503#endif
1504
1505#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1506 /*
1507 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1508 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1509 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1510 */
1511 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1512 {
1513 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1514 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1515 if (p_extra == NULL)
1516 goto theend;
1517
1518 /* Put back original line */
1519 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1520
1521 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1522 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1523#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1524 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1525#endif
1526 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1527 vim_free(p_extra);
1528 next_line = NULL;
1529 }
1530#endif
1531
1532 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1533theend:
1534 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1535 vim_free(saved_line);
1536 vim_free(next_line);
1537 vim_free(allocated);
1538 return retval;
1539}
1540
1541#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1542/*
1543 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1544 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1545 * returned.
1546 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1547 * comment leader.
1548 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1549 */
1550 int
1551get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1552 char_u *line;
1553 char_u **flags;
1554 int backward;
1555{
1556 int i, j;
1557 int got_com = FALSE;
1558 int found_one;
1559 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1560 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1561 char_u *list;
1562
1563 i = 0;
1564 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1565 ++i;
1566
1567 /*
1568 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1569 */
1570 while (line[i])
1571 {
1572 /*
1573 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1574 */
1575 found_one = FALSE;
1576 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1577 {
1578 /*
1579 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1580 * put string at start of string.
1581 */
1582 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1583 *flags = list;
1584 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1585 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1586 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1587 continue;
1588 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1589
1590 /*
1591 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1592 * nested comments.
1593 */
1594 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1595 continue;
1596
1597 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1598 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1599 continue;
1600
1601 /*
1602 * Line contents and string must match.
1603 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1604 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1605 * TABs and spaces).
1606 */
1607 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1608 {
1609 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1610 continue;
1611 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1612 ++string;
1613 }
1614 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1615 ;
1616 if (string[j] != NUL)
1617 continue;
1618
1619 /*
1620 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1621 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1622 */
1623 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1624 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /*
1628 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1629 */
1630 i += j;
1631 got_com = TRUE;
1632 found_one = TRUE;
1633 break;
1634 }
1635
1636 /*
1637 * No match found, stop scanning.
1638 */
1639 if (!found_one)
1640 break;
1641
1642 /*
1643 * Include any trailing white space.
1644 */
1645 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1646 ++i;
1647
1648 /*
1649 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1650 */
1651 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1652 break;
1653 }
1654 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1655}
1656#endif
1657
1658/*
1659 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1660 */
1661 int
1662plines(lnum)
1663 linenr_T lnum;
1664{
1665 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1666}
1667
1668 int
1669plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1670 win_T *wp;
1671 linenr_T lnum;
1672 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1673{
1674#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1675 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1676 * is one line anyway. */
1677 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1678}
1679
1680 int
1681plines_nofill(lnum)
1682 linenr_T lnum;
1683{
1684 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1685}
1686
1687 int
1688plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1689 win_T *wp;
1690 linenr_T lnum;
1691 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1692{
1693#endif
1694 int lines;
1695
1696 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1697 return 1;
1698
1699#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1700 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1701 return 1;
1702#endif
1703
1704#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1705 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1706 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1707 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1708 return 1;
1709#endif
1710
1711 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1712 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1713 return (int)wp->w_height;
1714 return lines;
1715}
1716
1717/*
1718 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1719 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1720 */
1721 int
1722plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1723 win_T *wp;
1724 linenr_T lnum;
1725{
1726 char_u *s;
1727 long col;
1728 int width;
1729
1730 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1731 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1732 return 1;
1733 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1734
1735 /*
1736 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1737 * extra column.
1738 */
1739 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1740 col += 1;
1741
1742 /*
1743 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1744 */
1745 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1746 if (width <= 0)
1747 return 32000;
1748 if (col <= width)
1749 return 1;
1750 col -= width;
1751 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1752 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1753}
1754
1755/*
1756 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1757 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1758 */
1759 int
1760plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1761 win_T *wp;
1762 linenr_T lnum;
1763 long column;
1764{
1765 long col;
1766 char_u *s;
1767 int lines = 0;
1768 int width;
1769
1770#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1771 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1772 * is one line anyway. */
1773 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1774#endif
1775
1776 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1777 return lines + 1;
1778
1779#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1780 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1781 return lines + 1;
1782#endif
1783
1784 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1785
1786 col = 0;
1787 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1788 {
1789 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001790 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791 }
1792
1793 /*
1794 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1795 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1796 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1797 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1798 * 'ts') -- webb.
1799 */
1800 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1801 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1802
1803 /*
1804 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1805 */
1806 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001807 if (width <= 0)
1808 return 9999;
1809
1810 lines += 1;
1811 if (col > width)
1812 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1813 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814}
1815
1816 int
1817plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1818 win_T *wp;
1819 linenr_T first, last;
1820{
1821 int count = 0;
1822
1823 while (first <= last)
1824 {
1825#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1826 int x;
1827
1828 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1829 * that are maybe folded. */
1830 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1831 if (x > 0)
1832 {
1833 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1834 first += x;
1835 }
1836 else
1837#endif
1838 {
1839#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1840 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1841 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1842 else
1843#endif
1844 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1845 ++first;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 return (count);
1849}
1850
1851#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1852/*
1853 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1854 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1855 */
1856 void
1857ins_bytes(p)
1858 char_u *p;
1859{
1860 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1861}
1862#endif
1863
1864#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1865 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1866/*
1867 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1868 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1869 */
1870 void
1871ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1872 char_u *p;
1873 int len;
1874{
1875 int i;
1876# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1877 int n;
1878
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001879 if (has_mbyte)
1880 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1881 {
1882 if (enc_utf8)
1883 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1884 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1885 else
1886 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1887 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1888 }
1889 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001890# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001891 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1892 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893}
1894#endif
1895
1896/*
1897 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1898 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1899 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1900 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1901 * convert bytes to a character.
1902 */
1903 void
1904ins_char(c)
1905 int c;
1906{
1907#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1908 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1909 int n;
1910
1911 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1912
1913 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1914 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1915 if (buf[0] == 0)
1916 buf[0] = '\n';
1917
1918 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1919}
1920
1921 void
1922ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1923 char_u *buf;
1924 int charlen;
1925{
1926 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001927#endif
1928 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1929 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1930 char_u *p;
1931 char_u *newp;
1932 char_u *oldp;
1933 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1934 colnr_T col;
1935 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1936 int i;
1937
1938#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1939 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1940 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1941 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1942#endif
1943
1944 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1945 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1946 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1947
1948 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1949 oldlen = 0;
1950#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1951 newlen = charlen;
1952#else
1953 newlen = 1;
1954#endif
1955
1956 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1957 {
1958#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1959 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1960 {
1961 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1962 colnr_T vcol;
1963 int old_list;
1964#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1965 char_u buf[2];
1966#endif
1967
1968 /*
1969 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1970 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1971 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1972 */
1973 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1974 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1975 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1976
1977 /*
1978 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1979 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1980 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1981 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1982 */
1983 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1984#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1985 buf[0] = c;
1986 buf[1] = NUL;
1987#endif
1988 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1989 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1990 {
1991 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1992 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1993 * position. */
1994 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1995 break;
1996#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001997 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001998#else
1999 ++oldlen;
2000#endif
2001 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2002 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2003 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2004 }
2005 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2006 }
2007 else
2008#endif
2009 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2010 {
2011 /* normal replace */
2012#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002013 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002014#else
2015 oldlen = 1;
2016#endif
2017 }
2018
2019
2020 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2021 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2022 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2023 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2024 replace_push(NUL);
2025 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2026 {
2027#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002028 if (has_mbyte)
2029 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2030 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002032 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033 }
2034 }
2035
2036 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2037 if (newp == NULL)
2038 return;
2039
2040 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2041 if (col > 0)
2042 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2043
2044 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2045 p = newp + col;
2046 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2047 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2048
2049 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2050#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2051 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2052 i = charlen;
2053#else
2054 *p = c;
2055 i = 1;
2056#endif
2057
2058 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2059 while (i < newlen)
2060 p[i++] = ' ';
2061
2062 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2063 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2064
2065 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2066 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2067
2068 /*
2069 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2070 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2071 */
2072 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2073 && msg_silent == 0
2074#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2075 && charlen == 1
2076#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002077#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2078 && !ins_compl_active()
2079#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002080 )
2081 showmatch(c);
2082
2083#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2084 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2085#endif
2086 {
2087 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2088#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2090#else
2091 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2092#endif
2093 }
2094 /*
2095 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2096 */
2097}
2098
2099/*
2100 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2101 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2102 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2103 */
2104 void
2105ins_str(s)
2106 char_u *s;
2107{
2108 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2109 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2110 int oldlen;
2111 colnr_T col;
2112 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2113
2114#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2115 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2116 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2117#endif
2118
2119 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2120 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2121 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2122
2123 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2124 if (newp == NULL)
2125 return;
2126 if (col > 0)
2127 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2128 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2129 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2130 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2131 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2132 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2133}
2134
2135/*
2136 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2137 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2138 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2139 *
2140 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2141 */
2142 int
2143del_char(fixpos)
2144 int fixpos;
2145{
2146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2147 if (has_mbyte)
2148 {
2149 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2150 mb_adjust_cursor();
2151 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2152 return FAIL;
2153 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2154 }
2155#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002156 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157}
2158
2159#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2160/*
2161 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2162 */
2163 int
2164del_chars(count, fixpos)
2165 long count;
2166 int fixpos;
2167{
2168 long bytes = 0;
2169 long i;
2170 char_u *p;
2171 int l;
2172
2173 p = ml_get_cursor();
2174 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2175 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002176 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 bytes += l;
2178 p += l;
2179 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002180 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181}
2182#endif
2183
2184/*
2185 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2186 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2187 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2188 *
2189 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2190 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002191/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002192 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002193del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002195 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002196 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002197{
2198 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2199 colnr_T oldlen;
2200 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2201 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2202 int was_alloced;
2203 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002204 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002205
2206 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2207 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2208
2209 /*
2210 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2211 */
2212 if (col >= oldlen)
2213 return FAIL;
2214
2215#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2216 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2217 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002218 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2219 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002221 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002222 int n;
2223
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002224 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2225 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002226 {
2227 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2228 n = col;
2229 do
2230 {
2231 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002232 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002233 n += count;
2234 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2235 fixpos = 0;
2236 }
2237 }
2238#endif
2239
2240 /*
2241 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2242 */
2243 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2244 if (movelen <= 1)
2245 {
2246 /*
2247 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002248 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2249 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002250 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002251 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2252#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2253 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2254#endif
2255 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002256 {
2257 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2258#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2259 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2260#endif
2261#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2262 if (has_mbyte)
2263 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2264 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2265#endif
2266 }
2267 count = oldlen - col;
2268 movelen = 1;
2269 }
2270
2271 /*
2272 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2273 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002274 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2275 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2276 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002277 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002279 if (usingNetbeans)
2280 was_alloced = FALSE;
2281 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002282#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002283 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002284 if (was_alloced)
2285 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2286 else
2287 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2288 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2289 if (newp == NULL)
2290 return FAIL;
2291 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2292 }
2293 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2294 if (!was_alloced)
2295 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2296
2297 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2298 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2299
2300 return OK;
2301}
2302
2303/*
2304 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2305 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2306 *
2307 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2308 */
2309 int
2310truncate_line(fixpos)
2311 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2312{
2313 char_u *newp;
2314 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2315 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2316
2317 if (col == 0)
2318 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2319 else
2320 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2321
2322 if (newp == NULL)
2323 return FAIL;
2324
2325 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2326
2327 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2328 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2329
2330 /*
2331 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2332 */
2333 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2334 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2335
2336 return OK;
2337}
2338
2339/*
2340 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2341 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2342 */
2343 void
2344del_lines(nlines, undo)
2345 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2346 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2347{
2348 long n;
2349
2350 if (nlines <= 0)
2351 return;
2352
2353 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2354 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2355 return;
2356
2357 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2358 {
2359 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2360 break;
2361
2362 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2363 ++n;
2364
2365 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2366 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2367 break;
2368 }
2369 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2370 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2371
2372 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2373 check_cursor_lnum();
2374}
2375
2376 int
2377gchar_pos(pos)
2378 pos_T *pos;
2379{
2380 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2381
2382#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2383 if (has_mbyte)
2384 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2385#endif
2386 return (int)*ptr;
2387}
2388
2389 int
2390gchar_cursor()
2391{
2392#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2393 if (has_mbyte)
2394 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2395#endif
2396 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2397}
2398
2399/*
2400 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2401 * It is directly written into the block.
2402 */
2403 void
2404pchar_cursor(c)
2405 int c;
2406{
2407 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2408 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2409}
2410
2411#if 0 /* not used */
2412/*
2413 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2414 */
2415 void
2416goto_endofbuf(pos)
2417 pos_T *pos;
2418{
2419 char_u *p;
2420
2421 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2422 pos->col = 0;
2423 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2424 while (*p++)
2425 ++pos->col;
2426}
2427#endif
2428
2429/*
2430 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2431 * non-blank in the line.
2432 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2433 * the line.
2434 */
2435 int
2436inindent(extra)
2437 int extra;
2438{
2439 char_u *ptr;
2440 colnr_T col;
2441
2442 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2443 ++ptr;
2444 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2445 return TRUE;
2446 else
2447 return FALSE;
2448}
2449
2450/*
2451 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2452 */
2453 char_u *
2454skip_to_option_part(p)
2455 char_u *p;
2456{
2457 if (*p == ',')
2458 ++p;
2459 while (*p == ' ')
2460 ++p;
2461 return p;
2462}
2463
2464/*
2465 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2466 *
2467 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2468 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2469 */
2470 void
2471changed()
2472{
2473#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2474 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2475 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2476 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2477 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2478 return;
2479 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2480#endif
2481
2482 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2483 {
2484 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2485
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002486 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2487 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002488 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002489
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002490 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2491 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2492 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2493#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2494 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2495#endif
2496 )
2497 {
2498 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2499
2500 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2501 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2502 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2503 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2504 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2505 {
2506 out_flush();
2507 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2508 wait_return(TRUE);
2509 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2510 }
2511 }
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521 }
2522 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523}
2524
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002525static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2526static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002527static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2528
2529/*
2530 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2531 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2532 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2533 * - invalidates cached values
2534 */
2535 void
2536changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2537 linenr_T lnum;
2538 colnr_T col;
2539{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002540 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002542
2543#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2544 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2545 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2546 {
2547 win_T *wp;
2548 linenr_T wlnum;
2549
2550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2551 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2552 {
2553 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2554 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2555 if (wlnum > 0)
2556 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2557 }
2558 }
2559#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002560}
2561
2562 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002563changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2564 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565 linenr_T lnum;
2566{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002567 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002568 {
2569 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002570 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2571 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2572 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2573 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002574 }
2575 else
2576 {
2577 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002578 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2579 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2580 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2581 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582 }
2583}
2584
2585/*
2586 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2587 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2588 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2589 */
2590 void
2591appended_lines(lnum, count)
2592 linenr_T lnum;
2593 long count;
2594{
2595 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2596}
2597
2598/*
2599 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2600 */
2601 void
2602appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2603 linenr_T lnum;
2604 long count;
2605{
2606 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2607 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2608}
2609
2610/*
2611 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2612 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2613 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2614 */
2615 void
2616deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2617 linenr_T lnum;
2618 long count;
2619{
2620 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2621}
2622
2623/*
2624 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2625 */
2626 void
2627deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2628 linenr_T lnum;
2629 long count;
2630{
2631 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2632 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2633}
2634
2635/*
2636 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2637 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2638 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2639 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2640 * - invalidate cached values
2641 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2642 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2643 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2644 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2645 */
2646 void
2647changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2648 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2649 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2650 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2651 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2652{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002653 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2654
2655#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2656 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2657 {
2658 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2659 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2660 * displaying. */
2661 win_T *wp;
2662 linenr_T wlnum;
2663
2664 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2665 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2666 {
2667 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2668 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2669 if (wlnum > 0)
2670 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2671 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2672 }
2673 }
2674#endif
2675
2676 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2677}
2678
2679 static void
2680changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2681 buf_T *buf;
2682 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2683 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2684 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2685{
2686 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687 {
2688 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002689 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2690 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692 {
2693 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002694 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2695 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2696 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002698 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2699 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2700 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002701 }
2702 else
2703 {
2704 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002705 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2706 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2707 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2708 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002710}
2711
2712 static void
2713changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2714 linenr_T lnum;
2715 colnr_T col;
2716 linenr_T lnume;
2717 long xtra;
2718{
2719 win_T *wp;
2720 int i;
2721#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2722 int cols;
2723 pos_T *p;
2724 int add;
2725#endif
2726
2727 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2728 changed();
2729
2730 /* set the '. mark */
2731 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2732 {
2733 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2734 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2735
2736#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2737 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2738 * don't have an entry yet. */
2739 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2740 {
2741 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2742 add = TRUE;
2743 else
2744 {
2745 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2746 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2747 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2748 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2749 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2750 add = TRUE;
2751 else
2752 {
2753 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2754 if (cols == 0)
2755 cols = 79;
2756 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2757 }
2758 }
2759 if (add)
2760 {
2761 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2762 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2763 * position in the changelist. */
2764 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2765
2766 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2767 {
2768 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2769 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2770 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2771 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2772 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2773 {
2774 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2775 * this buffer. */
2776 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2777 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2778 }
2779 }
2780 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2781 {
2782 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2783 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2784 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2785 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2786 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2787 }
2788 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2789 }
2790 }
2791 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2792 curbuf->b_last_change;
2793 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2794 * takes you back to it. */
2795 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2796#endif
2797 }
2798
2799 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2800 {
2801 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2802 {
2803 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2804 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2805 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2806
2807 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2808 * values for the cursor. */
2809#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2810 /*
2811 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2812 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2813 */
2814 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2815
2816 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2817 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2818 * might be displayed differently.
2819 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2820 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2821 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2822 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2823 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2824 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2825 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2826 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2827
2828 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2829 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2830 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2831 {
2832 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2833 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2834 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2835 }
2836#endif
2837
2838 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2839 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2840 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2841 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2842 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2843 {
2844 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2845 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2846 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2847 }
2848
2849 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2850 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2851 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2852 * after the change. */
2853 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2854 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2855 {
2856 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2857 {
2858 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2859 {
2860 /* line included in change */
2861 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2862 }
2863 else if (xtra != 0)
2864 {
2865 /* line below change */
2866 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2867#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2868 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2869#endif
2870 }
2871 }
2872#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2873 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2874 {
2875 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2876 * may need to be redrawn */
2877 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2878 }
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882 }
2883
2884 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2885 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2886 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2887 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002888
2889#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2890 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002891 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2892 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002893 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2894#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002895}
2896
2897/*
2898 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2899 */
2900 void
2901unchanged(buf, ff)
2902 buf_T *buf;
2903 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2904{
2905 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2906 {
2907 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002908 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002909 if (ff)
2910 save_file_ff(buf);
2911#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2912 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002913 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002914#endif
2915#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2916 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2917#endif
2918 }
2919 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2921 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2922#endif
2923}
2924
2925#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2926/*
2927 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2928 * need to be updated
2929 */
2930 void
2931check_status(buf)
2932 buf_T *buf;
2933{
2934 win_T *wp;
2935
2936 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2937 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2938 {
2939 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2940 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2941 must_redraw = VALID;
2942 }
2943}
2944#endif
2945
2946/*
2947 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2948 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2949 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002950 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002951 * will be TRUE.
2952 */
2953 void
2954change_warning(col)
2955 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2956 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2957{
2958 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2959 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2960#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2961 && !autocmd_busy
2962#endif
2963 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2964 {
2965#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002966 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002967 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002968 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002969 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2970 return;
2971#endif
2972 /*
2973 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2974 * be after the mode message.
2975 */
2976 msg_start();
2977 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2978 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002979 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002980 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2981 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2982 msg_clr_eos();
2983 (void)msg_end();
2984 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2985 {
2986 out_flush();
2987 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2988 }
2989 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2990 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2991 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2992 showmode();
2993 }
2994}
2995
2996/*
2997 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2998 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2999 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3000 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3001 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3002 *
3003 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3004 */
3005 int
3006ask_yesno(str, direct)
3007 char_u *str;
3008 int direct;
3009{
3010 int r = ' ';
3011 int save_State = State;
3012
3013 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3014 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3015 ++no_wait_return;
3016#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3017 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3018#endif
3019 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3020#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3021 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3022#endif
3023 ++no_mapping;
3024 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3025
3026 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3027 {
3028 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3029 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3030 if (direct)
3031 r = get_keystroke();
3032 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003033 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003034 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3035 r = 'n';
3036 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3037 out_flush();
3038 }
3039 --no_wait_return;
3040 State = save_State;
3041#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3042 setmouse();
3043#endif
3044 --no_mapping;
3045 --allow_keys;
3046
3047 return r;
3048}
3049
3050/*
3051 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3052 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3053 * button (used at the more prompt).
3054 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3055 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3056 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3057 */
3058 int
3059get_keystroke()
3060{
3061#define CBUFLEN 151
3062 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3063 int len = 0;
3064 int n;
3065 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003066 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003067
3068 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3069 for (;;)
3070 {
3071 cursor_on();
3072 out_flush();
3073
3074 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3075 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3076 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3077 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3078 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3079 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3080 if (n > 0)
3081 {
3082 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3083 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3084 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003085 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003086 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003087 else if (len > 0)
3088 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003090 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3091 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3092 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003093 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003094
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3096 if (n > 0)
3097 len = n;
3098 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3099 continue;
3100
3101 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3102 n = buf[0];
3103 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3104 {
3105 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3106 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3107 || n == K_IGNORE
3108#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3109 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3110 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3111 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3112 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3113 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3114 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3115 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3116 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3117 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3118 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3119 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3120 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3121 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3122 || n == K_X1DRAG
3123 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3124 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3125 || n == K_X2DRAG
3126 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3127# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3128 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3129 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3130# endif
3131#endif
3132 )
3133 {
3134 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3135 mod_mask = buf[2];
3136 len -= 3;
3137 if (len > 0)
3138 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3139 continue;
3140 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003141 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003142 }
3143#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3144 if (has_mbyte)
3145 {
3146 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3147 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3148 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3149 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3150 }
3151#endif
3152#ifdef UNIX
3153 if (n == intr_char)
3154 n = ESC;
3155#endif
3156 break;
3157 }
3158
3159 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3160 return n;
3161}
3162
3163/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003164 * Get a number from the user.
3165 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003166 */
3167 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003168get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3169 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3170 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003171{
3172 int n = 0;
3173 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003174 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003176 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3177 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3178
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003179 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3180 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3181 if (msg_silent != 0)
3182 return 0;
3183
3184#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3185 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3186#endif
3187 ++no_mapping;
3188 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3189 for (;;)
3190 {
3191 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3192 c = safe_vgetc();
3193 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3194 {
3195 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3196 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003197 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003198 }
3199 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3200 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003201 if (typed > 0)
3202 {
3203 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3204 --typed;
3205 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003206 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003207 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003208#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3209 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3210 {
3211 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3212 n = mouse_row + 1;
3213 break;
3214 }
3215#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003216 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3217 {
3218 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3219 if (!exmode_active)
3220 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3221 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3222 do_redraw = FALSE;
3223 break;
3224 }
3225 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3226 break;
3227 }
3228 --no_mapping;
3229 --allow_keys;
3230 return n;
3231}
3232
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003233/*
3234 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003235 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3236 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003237 */
3238 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003239prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3240 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003241{
3242 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003243 int save_cmdline_row;
3244 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003245
3246 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003247 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3248 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3249 else
3250 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003251
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003252 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3253 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003254 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003255 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003256 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003257 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003258
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003259 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3260 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003261 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003262 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3263 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003264 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3265 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3266 msg_didany = FALSE;
3267 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003268 else
3269 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3270 State = save_State;
3271
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003272 return i;
3273}
3274
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003275 void
3276msgmore(n)
3277 long n;
3278{
3279 long pn;
3280
3281 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003282 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3283 return;
3284
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003285 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3286 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3287 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3288 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3289 return;
3290
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003291 if (n > 0)
3292 pn = n;
3293 else
3294 pn = -n;
3295
3296 if (pn > p_report)
3297 {
3298 if (pn == 1)
3299 {
3300 if (n > 0)
3301 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3302 else
3303 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3304 }
3305 else
3306 {
3307 if (n > 0)
3308 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3309 else
3310 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3311 }
3312 if (got_int)
3313 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3314 if (msg(msg_buf))
3315 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003316 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003317 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003318 }
3319 }
3320}
3321
3322/*
3323 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3324 */
3325 void
3326beep_flush()
3327{
3328 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3329 {
3330 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3331 vim_beep();
3332 }
3333}
3334
3335/*
3336 * give a warning for an error
3337 */
3338 void
3339vim_beep()
3340{
3341 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3342 {
3343 if (p_vb
3344#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3345 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3346 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3347 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3348#endif
3349 )
3350 {
3351 out_str(T_VB);
3352 }
3353 else
3354 {
3355#ifdef MSDOS
3356 /*
3357 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3358 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3359 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3360 */
3361 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3362 {
3363 out_char(BELL);
3364 beep_count = 1;
3365 }
3366 else
3367 ++beep_count;
3368#else
3369 out_char(BELL);
3370#endif
3371 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003372
3373 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3374 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3375 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3376 {
3377 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3378 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3379 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003380 }
3381}
3382
3383/*
3384 * To get the "real" home directory:
3385 * - get value of $HOME
3386 * For Unix:
3387 * - go to that directory
3388 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3389 * This also works with mounts and links.
3390 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3391 */
3392static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3393
3394 void
3395init_homedir()
3396{
3397 char_u *var;
3398
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003399 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3400 vim_free(homedir);
3401 homedir = NULL;
3402
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003403#ifdef VMS
3404 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3405#else
3406 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3407#endif
3408
3409 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3410 var = NULL;
3411
3412#ifdef WIN3264
3413 /*
3414 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3415 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3416 * when $HOME is being set.
3417 */
3418 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3419 {
3420 char_u *p;
3421 char_u *exp;
3422
3423 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3424 if (p != NULL)
3425 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003426 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003427 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3428 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3429 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3430 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003431 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003432 var = NameBuff;
3433 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3434 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3435 }
3436 }
3437 }
3438
3439 /*
3440 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3441 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3442 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3443 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3444 */
3445 if (var == NULL)
3446 {
3447 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3448
3449 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3450 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3451 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3452 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3453 {
3454 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3455 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3456 {
3457 var = NameBuff;
3458 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3459 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3460 }
3461 }
3462 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003463
3464# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3465 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3466 {
3467 int len;
3468 char_u *pp;
3469
3470 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3471 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003472 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003473 if (pp != NULL)
3474 {
3475 homedir = pp;
3476 return;
3477 }
3478 }
3479# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003480#endif
3481
3482#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3483 /*
3484 * Default home dir is C:/
3485 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3486 */
3487 if (var == NULL)
3488 var = "C:/";
3489#endif
3490 if (var != NULL)
3491 {
3492#ifdef UNIX
3493 /*
3494 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3495 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3496 */
3497 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3498 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3499 {
3500 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3501 var = IObuff;
3502 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3503 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3504 }
3505#endif
3506 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3507 }
3508}
3509
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003510#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3511 void
3512free_homedir()
3513{
3514 vim_free(homedir);
3515}
3516#endif
3517
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003518/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003519 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3520 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3521 * again soon.
3522 */
3523 char_u *
3524expand_env_save(src)
3525 char_u *src;
3526{
3527 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3528}
3529
3530/*
3531 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3532 * expand "~" at the start.
3533 */
3534 char_u *
3535expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3536 char_u *src;
3537 int one;
3538{
3539 char_u *p;
3540
3541 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3542 if (p != NULL)
3543 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3544 return p;
3545}
3546
3547/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003548 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3549 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003550 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003551 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3552 */
3553 void
3554expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3555 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3556 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3557 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3558{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003559 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003560}
3561
3562 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003563expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003564 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003565 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3566 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3567 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003568 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003569 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003570{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003571 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003572 char_u *tail;
3573 int c;
3574 char_u *var;
3575 int copy_char;
3576 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3577 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003578 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003579
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003580 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003581 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003582
3583 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003584 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3585 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3586 {
3587 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003588 if ((*src == '$'
3589#ifdef VMS
3590 && at_start
3591#endif
3592 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003593#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3594 || *src == '%'
3595#endif
3596 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3597 {
3598 mustfree = FALSE;
3599
3600 /*
3601 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3602 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3603 */
3604 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3605 {
3606 tail = src + 1;
3607 var = dst;
3608 c = dstlen - 1;
3609
3610#ifdef UNIX
3611 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3612 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3613 {
3614 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3615 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3616 *var++ = *tail++;
3617 }
3618 else
3619#endif
3620 {
3621 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3622#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3623 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3624#endif
3625 ))
3626 {
3627#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3628 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3629 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3630#else
3631 *var++ = *tail++;
3632#endif
3633 }
3634 }
3635
3636#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3637# ifdef UNIX
3638 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3639# else
3640 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3641# endif
3642 var = NULL;
3643 else
3644 {
3645# ifdef UNIX
3646 if (src[1] == '{')
3647# else
3648 if (*src == '%')
3649#endif
3650 ++tail;
3651#endif
3652 *var = NUL;
3653 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3654#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3655 }
3656#endif
3657 }
3658 /* home directory */
3659 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3660 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3661 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3662 {
3663 var = homedir;
3664 tail = src + 1;
3665 }
3666 else /* user directory */
3667 {
3668#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3669 /*
3670 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3671 */
3672 tail = src;
3673 var = dst;
3674 c = dstlen - 1;
3675 while ( c-- > 0
3676 && *tail
3677 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3678 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3679 *var++ = *tail++;
3680 *var = NUL;
3681# ifdef UNIX
3682 /*
3683 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3684 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3685 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3686 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3687 */
3688# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3689 {
3690 struct passwd *pw;
3691
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003692 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3693 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003694 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3695 if (pw != NULL)
3696 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3697 else
3698 var = NULL;
3699 }
3700 if (var == NULL)
3701# endif
3702 {
3703 expand_T xpc;
3704
3705 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3706 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3707 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3708 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003709 mustfree = TRUE;
3710 }
3711
3712# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3713 /*
3714 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3715 * directories to search for the user account in.
3716 */
3717 {
3718 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3719 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3720 struct stat st;
3721
3722 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3723 next_path = paths;
3724 while (*next_path)
3725 {
3726 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3727 next_path++);
3728 if (*next_path)
3729 *next_path++ = NUL;
3730 STRCPY(test, path);
3731 STRCAT(test, "/");
3732 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3733 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3734 {
3735 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3736 STRCPY(var, test);
3737 mustfree = TRUE;
3738 break;
3739 }
3740 }
3741 }
3742# endif /* UNIX */
3743#else
3744 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3745 var = NULL;
3746 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3747#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3748 }
3749
3750#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3751 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3752 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3753 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3754 {
3755 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3756
3757 if (p != NULL)
3758 {
3759 if (mustfree)
3760 vim_free(var);
3761 var = p;
3762 mustfree = TRUE;
3763 forward_slash(var);
3764 }
3765 }
3766#endif
3767
3768 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3769 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3770 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3771 {
3772 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3773
3774 if (p != NULL)
3775 {
3776 if (mustfree)
3777 vim_free(var);
3778 var = p;
3779 mustfree = TRUE;
3780 }
3781 }
3782
3783 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3784 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3785 {
3786 STRCPY(dst, var);
3787 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003788 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003789 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3790 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003791 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003792#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3793 && dst[-1] != ':'
3794#endif
3795 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3796 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003797 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003798 src = tail;
3799 copy_char = FALSE;
3800 }
3801 if (mustfree)
3802 vim_free(var);
3803 }
3804
3805 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3806 {
3807 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003808 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003809 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3810 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003811 */
3812 at_start = FALSE;
3813 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3814 {
3815 *dst++ = *src++;
3816 --dstlen;
3817 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003818 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819 at_start = TRUE;
3820 *dst++ = *src++;
3821 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003822
3823 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3824 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3825 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003826 }
3827 }
3828 *dst = NUL;
3829}
3830
3831/*
3832 * Vim's version of getenv().
3833 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003834 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003835 */
3836 char_u *
3837vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3838 char_u *name;
3839 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3840{
3841 char_u *p;
3842 char_u *pend;
3843 int vimruntime;
3844
3845#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3846 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3847 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3848 return homedir;
3849#endif
3850
3851 p = mch_getenv(name);
3852 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3853 p = NULL;
3854
3855 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003856 {
3857#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3858 if (enc_utf8)
3859 {
3860 int len;
3861 char_u *pp;
3862
3863 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3864 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003865 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003866 if (pp != NULL)
3867 {
3868 p = pp;
3869 *mustfree = TRUE;
3870 }
3871 }
3872#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003873 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003874 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003875
3876 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3877 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3878 return NULL;
3879
3880 /*
3881 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3882 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3883 */
3884 if (vimruntime
3885#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3886 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3887#endif
3888 )
3889 {
3890 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3891 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3892 p = NULL;
3893 if (p != NULL)
3894 {
3895 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3896 if (p != NULL)
3897 *mustfree = TRUE;
3898 else
3899 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003900
3901#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3902 if (enc_utf8)
3903 {
3904 int len;
3905 char_u *pp;
3906
3907 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3908 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3909 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003910 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003911 if (pp != NULL)
3912 {
3913 if (mustfree)
3914 vim_free(p);
3915 p = pp;
3916 *mustfree = TRUE;
3917 }
3918 }
3919#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003920 }
3921 }
3922
3923 /*
3924 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3925 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3926 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3927 */
3928 if (p == NULL)
3929 {
3930 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3931 p = p_hf;
3932#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3933 /*
3934 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3935 */
3936 else
3937 p = exe_name;
3938#endif
3939 if (p != NULL)
3940 {
3941 /* remove the file name */
3942 pend = gettail(p);
3943
3944 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3945 if (p == p_hf)
3946 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3947
3948#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3949# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003950 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003951 if (p == exe_name)
3952 {
3953 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003954 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003955
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003956 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3957 if (pend1 != pend)
3958 {
3959 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3960 if (pnew != NULL)
3961 {
3962 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3963 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3964 p = pnew;
3965 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3966 }
3967 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003968 }
3969# endif
3970 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3971 if (p == exe_name)
3972 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3973#endif
3974
3975 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3976 if (!vimruntime)
3977 {
3978 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3979 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3980 }
3981
3982 /* remove trailing path separator */
3983#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3984 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00003985 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003986 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003987 --pend;
3988#endif
3989
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003990#ifdef MACOS_X
3991 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3992#endif
3993 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3994 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003995
3996 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3997 {
3998 vim_free(p);
3999 p = NULL;
4000 }
4001 else
4002 {
4003#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4004 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4005 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4006 {
4007 vim_free(p);
4008 p = pend;
4009 }
4010#endif
4011 *mustfree = TRUE;
4012 }
4013 }
4014 }
4015
4016#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4017 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4018 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4019 if (p == NULL)
4020 {
4021 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4022 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4023 {
4024 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4025 *mustfree = FALSE;
4026 }
4027 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4028 {
4029 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4030 *mustfree = TRUE;
4031 else
4032 {
4033 p = default_vim_dir;
4034 *mustfree = FALSE;
4035 }
4036 }
4037 }
4038#endif
4039
4040 /*
4041 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4042 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4043 */
4044 if (p != NULL)
4045 {
4046 if (vimruntime)
4047 {
4048 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4049 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4050#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4051 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004052 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004053
4054 if (buf != NULL)
4055 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004056 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4057 vim_free(buf);
4058 }
4059 }
4060#endif
4061 }
4062 else
4063 {
4064 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4065 didset_vim = TRUE;
4066 }
4067 }
4068 return p;
4069}
4070
4071/*
4072 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4073 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4074 */
4075 static char_u *
4076vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4077 char_u *vimdir;
4078{
4079 char_u *p;
4080
4081 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4082 return NULL;
4083 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4084 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4085 return p;
4086 vim_free(p);
4087 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4088 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4089 return p;
4090 vim_free(p);
4091 return NULL;
4092}
4093
4094/*
4095 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4096 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4097 */
4098 static char_u *
4099remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4100 char_u *p;
4101 char_u *pend;
4102 char_u *name;
4103{
4104 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4105 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4106
4107 if (newend >= p
4108 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004109 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004110 return newend;
4111 return pend;
4112}
4113
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004114/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004115 * Our portable version of setenv.
4116 */
4117 void
4118vim_setenv(name, val)
4119 char_u *name;
4120 char_u *val;
4121{
4122#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4123 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4124#else
4125 char_u *envbuf;
4126
4127 /*
4128 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4129 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4130 */
4131 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4132 if (envbuf != NULL)
4133 {
4134 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4135 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4136 }
4137#endif
4138}
4139
4140#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4141/*
4142 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4143 */
4144/*ARGSUSED*/
4145 char_u *
4146get_env_name(xp, idx)
4147 expand_T *xp;
4148 int idx;
4149{
4150# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4151 /*
4152 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4153 */
4154 return NULL;
4155# else
4156# ifndef __WIN32__
4157 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4158 extern char **environ;
4159# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004160# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4161 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004162 char_u *str;
4163 int n;
4164
4165 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4166 if (str == NULL)
4167 return NULL;
4168
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004169 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004170 {
4171 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4172 break;
4173 name[n] = str[n];
4174 }
4175 name[n] = NUL;
4176 return name;
4177# endif
4178}
4179#endif
4180
4181/*
4182 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4183 * 'src'.
4184 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4185 */
4186 void
4187home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4188 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4189 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4190 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4191 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4192 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4193 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4194{
4195 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4196 size_t len;
4197 char_u *homedir_env;
4198 char_u *p;
4199
4200 if (src == NULL)
4201 {
4202 *dst = NUL;
4203 return;
4204 }
4205
4206 /*
4207 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4208 */
4209 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4210 {
4211 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4212 return;
4213 }
4214
4215 /*
4216 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4217 * "real" home directory.
4218 */
4219 if (homedir != NULL)
4220 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4221
4222#ifdef VMS
4223 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4224#else
4225 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4226#endif
4227
4228 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4229 homedir_env = NULL;
4230 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4231 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4232
4233 if (!one)
4234 src = skipwhite(src);
4235 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4236 {
4237 /*
4238 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4239 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4240 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4241 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4242 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4243 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4244 * er's home directory)).
4245 */
4246 p = homedir;
4247 len = dirlen;
4248 for (;;)
4249 {
4250 if ( len
4251 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4252 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4253 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4254 || src[len] == NUL))
4255 {
4256 src += len;
4257 if (--dstlen > 0)
4258 *dst++ = '~';
4259
4260 /*
4261 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4262 */
4263 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4264 *dst++ = '/';
4265 break;
4266 }
4267 if (p == homedir_env)
4268 break;
4269 p = homedir_env;
4270 len = envlen;
4271 }
4272
4273 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4274 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4275 *dst++ = *src++;
4276 /* skip separator */
4277 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4278 *dst++ = *src++;
4279 }
4280 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4281
4282 *dst = NUL;
4283}
4284
4285/*
4286 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4287 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4288 */
4289 char_u *
4290home_replace_save(buf, src)
4291 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4292 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4293{
4294 char_u *dst;
4295 unsigned len;
4296
4297 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4298 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4299 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4300 dst = alloc(len);
4301 if (dst != NULL)
4302 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4303 return dst;
4304}
4305
4306/*
4307 * Compare two file names and return:
4308 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4309 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4310 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4311 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4312 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4313 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4314 */
4315 int
4316fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4317 char_u *s1, *s2;
4318 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4319{
4320#ifdef UNIX
4321 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4322 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4323 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4324 struct stat st1, st2;
4325 int r1, r2;
4326
4327 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4328 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4329 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4330 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4331 {
4332 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4333 if (checkname)
4334 {
4335 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4336 return FPC_SAMEX;
4337 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4338 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4339 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4340 return FPC_SAMEX;
4341 }
4342 return FPC_NOTX;
4343 }
4344 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4345 return FPC_DIFFX;
4346 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4347 return FPC_SAME;
4348 return FPC_DIFF;
4349#else
4350 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4351 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4352 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4353 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4354 int r1, r2;
4355
4356 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4357 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4358 {
4359 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4360 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4361
4362 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4363 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4364 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4365
4366 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4367 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4368 {
4369 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4370 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4371 else
4372 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4373 }
4374 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4375 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4376 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4377 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4378 else
4379 retval = FPC_SAME;
4380 vim_free(exp1);
4381 }
4382 return retval;
4383#endif
4384}
4385
4386/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004387 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4388 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004389 */
4390 char_u *
4391gettail(fname)
4392 char_u *fname;
4393{
4394 char_u *p1, *p2;
4395
4396 if (fname == NULL)
4397 return (char_u *)"";
4398 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4399 {
4400 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4401 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004402 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004403 }
4404 return p1;
4405}
4406
4407/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004408 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4409 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4410 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4411 */
4412 char_u *
4413gettail_sep(fname)
4414 char_u *fname;
4415{
4416 char_u *p;
4417 char_u *t;
4418
4419 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4420 t = gettail(fname);
4421 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4422 --t;
4423#ifdef VMS
4424 /* path separator is part of the path */
4425 ++t;
4426#endif
4427 return t;
4428}
4429
4430/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4432 */
4433 char_u *
4434getnextcomp(fname)
4435 char_u *fname;
4436{
4437 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004438 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004439 if (*fname)
4440 ++fname;
4441 return fname;
4442}
4443
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004444/*
4445 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4446 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4447 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4448 */
4449 char_u *
4450get_past_head(path)
4451 char_u *path;
4452{
4453 char_u *retval;
4454
4455#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4456 /* may skip "c:" */
4457 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4458 retval = path + 2;
4459 else
4460 retval = path;
4461#else
4462# if defined(AMIGA)
4463 /* may skip "label:" */
4464 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4465 if (retval == NULL)
4466 retval = path;
4467# else /* Unix */
4468 retval = path;
4469# endif
4470#endif
4471
4472 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4473 ++retval;
4474
4475 return retval;
4476}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004477
4478/*
4479 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4480 */
4481 int
4482vim_ispathsep(c)
4483 int c;
4484{
4485#ifdef RISCOS
4486 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4487#else
4488# ifdef UNIX
4489 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4490# else
4491# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4492 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4493# else
4494# ifdef VMS
4495 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4496 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4497 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004498# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004499 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004500# endif /* VMS */
4501# endif
4502# endif
4503#endif /* RISC OS */
4504}
4505
4506#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4507/*
4508 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4509 */
4510 int
4511vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4512 int c;
4513{
4514#ifdef UNIX
4515 return (c == ':');
4516#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004517 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004518#endif
4519}
4520#endif
4521
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004522#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4523 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4524/*
4525 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4526 * It's done in-place.
4527 */
4528 void
4529shorten_dir(str)
4530 char_u *str;
4531{
4532 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4533 int skip = FALSE;
4534
4535 tail = gettail(str);
4536 d = str;
4537 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4538 {
4539 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4540 {
4541 *d++ = *s;
4542 if (*s == NUL)
4543 break;
4544 }
4545 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4546 {
4547 *d++ = *s;
4548 skip = FALSE;
4549 }
4550 else if (!skip)
4551 {
4552 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4553 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4554 skip = TRUE;
4555# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4556 if (has_mbyte)
4557 {
4558 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4559
4560 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004561 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004562 }
4563# endif
4564 }
4565 }
4566}
4567#endif
4568
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004569/*
4570 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4571 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4572 * "fname" must be writable!.
4573 */
4574 int
4575dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4576 char_u *fname;
4577{
4578 char_u *p;
4579 int c;
4580 int retval;
4581
4582 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4583 if (p == fname)
4584 return TRUE;
4585 c = *p;
4586 *p = NUL;
4587 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4588 *p = c;
4589 return retval;
4590}
4591
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004592#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4593 || defined(PROTO)
4594/*
4595 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4596 */
4597 int
4598vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4599 char_u *x, *y;
4600{
4601 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4602}
4603
4604 int
4605vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4606 char_u *x, *y;
4607 size_t len;
4608{
4609 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4610 {
4611 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4612 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4613 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4614 break;
4615 ++x;
4616 ++y;
4617 --len;
4618 }
4619 if (len == 0)
4620 return 0;
4621 return (*x - *y);
4622}
4623#endif
4624
4625/*
4626 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004627 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004628 */
4629 char_u *
4630concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4631 char_u *fname1;
4632 char_u *fname2;
4633 int sep;
4634{
4635 char_u *dest;
4636
4637 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4638 if (dest != NULL)
4639 {
4640 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4641 if (sep)
4642 add_pathsep(dest);
4643 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4644 }
4645 return dest;
4646}
4647
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004648#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4649/*
4650 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4651 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4652 */
4653 char_u *
4654concat_str(str1, str2)
4655 char_u *str1;
4656 char_u *str2;
4657{
4658 char_u *dest;
4659 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4660
4661 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4662 if (dest != NULL)
4663 {
4664 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4665 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4666 }
4667 return dest;
4668}
4669#endif
4670
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004671/*
4672 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4673 * separator.
4674 */
4675 void
4676add_pathsep(p)
4677 char_u *p;
4678{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004679 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004680 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4681}
4682
4683/*
4684 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4685 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4686 */
4687 char_u *
4688FullName_save(fname, force)
4689 char_u *fname;
4690 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4691 like a full path name */
4692{
4693 char_u *buf;
4694 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4695
4696 if (fname == NULL)
4697 return NULL;
4698
4699 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4700 if (buf != NULL)
4701 {
4702 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4703 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4704 else
4705 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4706 vim_free(buf);
4707 }
4708 return new_fname;
4709}
4710
4711#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4712
4713static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4714
4715/*
4716 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4717 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4718 */
4719 pos_T *
4720find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4721 int ind_maxcomment;
4722{
4723 pos_T *pos;
4724 char_u *line;
4725 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004726 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004727
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004728 for (;;)
4729 {
4730 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4731 if (pos == NULL)
4732 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004733
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004734 /*
4735 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4736 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4737 */
4738 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4739 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4740 p = skip_string(p);
4741 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4742 break;
4743 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4744 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4745 {
4746 pos = NULL;
4747 break;
4748 }
4749 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004750 return pos;
4751}
4752
4753/*
4754 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4755 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4756 */
4757 static char_u *
4758skip_string(p)
4759 char_u *p;
4760{
4761 int i;
4762
4763 /*
4764 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4765 */
4766 for ( ; ; ++p)
4767 {
4768 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4769 {
4770 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4771 break;
4772 i = 2;
4773 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4774 {
4775 ++i;
4776 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4777 ++i;
4778 }
4779 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4780 {
4781 p += i;
4782 continue;
4783 }
4784 }
4785 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4786 {
4787 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4788 {
4789 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4790 ++p;
4791 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4792 break;
4793 }
4794 if (p[0] == '"')
4795 continue;
4796 }
4797 break; /* no string found */
4798 }
4799 if (!*p)
4800 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4801 return p;
4802}
4803#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4804
4805#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4806
4807/*
4808 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4809 */
4810 void
4811do_c_expr_indent()
4812{
4813# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4814 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4815 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4816 else
4817# endif
4818 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4819}
4820
4821/*
4822 * Functions for C-indenting.
4823 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4824 */
4825/*
4826 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4827 */
4828
4829static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4830static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4831static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4832static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4833static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4834static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4835static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4836static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4837static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4838static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4839static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4840static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4841static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4842static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4843static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4844static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4845static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4846static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4847static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4848static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4849static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004850static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004851static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004852static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004853static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004854static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4855static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4856static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4857static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4858static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4859static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4860static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4861
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004862static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4863
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004864/*
4865 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004866 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004867 */
4868 static char_u *
4869cin_skipcomment(s)
4870 char_u *s;
4871{
4872 while (*s)
4873 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004874 char_u *prev_s = s;
4875
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004876 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004877
4878 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4879 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4880 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4881 {
4882 s += STRLEN(s);
4883 break;
4884 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004885 if (*s != '/')
4886 break;
4887 ++s;
4888 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4889 {
4890 s += STRLEN(s);
4891 break;
4892 }
4893 if (*s != '*')
4894 break;
4895 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4896 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4897 {
4898 s += 2;
4899 break;
4900 }
4901 }
4902 return s;
4903}
4904
4905/*
4906 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4907 * not considered code.
4908 */
4909 static int
4910cin_nocode(s)
4911 char_u *s;
4912{
4913 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4914}
4915
4916/*
4917 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4918 */
4919 static pos_T *
4920find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4921{
4922 static pos_T pos;
4923 char_u *line;
4924 char_u *p;
4925
4926 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4927 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4928 {
4929 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4930 p = skipwhite(line);
4931 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4932 {
4933 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4934 return &pos;
4935 }
4936 if (*p != NUL)
4937 break;
4938 }
4939 return NULL;
4940}
4941
4942/*
4943 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4944 */
4945 static int
4946cin_islabel_skip(s)
4947 char_u **s;
4948{
4949 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4950 return FALSE;
4951
4952 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4953 (*s)++;
4954
4955 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4956
4957 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4958 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4959}
4960
4961/*
4962 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4963 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4964 */
4965 int
4966cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4967 int ind_maxcomment;
4968{
4969 char_u *s;
4970
4971 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4972
4973 /*
4974 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4975 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4976 */
4977 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4978 return FALSE;
4979 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4980 return FALSE;
4981
4982 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4983 {
4984 /*
4985 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4986 * label.
4987 */
4988 pos_T cursor_save;
4989 pos_T *trypos;
4990 char_u *line;
4991
4992 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4993 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4994 {
4995 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4996
4997 /*
4998 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4999 */
5000 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5001 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5002 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5003
5004 line = ml_get_curline();
5005 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5006 continue;
5007 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5008 continue;
5009
5010 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5011 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5012 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
5013 || cin_iscase(line)
5014 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5015 return TRUE;
5016 return FALSE;
5017 }
5018 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5019 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5020 }
5021 return FALSE;
5022}
5023
5024/*
5025 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5026 * Q&D-Implementation:
5027 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5028 */
5029 static int
5030cin_isinit(void)
5031{
5032 char_u *s;
5033
5034 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5035
5036 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5037 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5038
5039 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5040 return TRUE;
5041
5042 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5043 return TRUE;
5044
5045 return FALSE;
5046}
5047
5048/*
5049 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5050 */
5051 int
5052cin_iscase(s)
5053 char_u *s;
5054{
5055 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5056 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5057 {
5058 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5059 {
5060 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5061 if (*s == ':')
5062 {
5063 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5064 ++s;
5065 else
5066 return TRUE;
5067 }
5068 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5069 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5070 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5071 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5072 else if (*s == '"')
5073 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5074 }
5075 return FALSE;
5076 }
5077
5078 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5079 return TRUE;
5080 return FALSE;
5081}
5082
5083/*
5084 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5085 */
5086 static int
5087cin_isdefault(s)
5088 char_u *s;
5089{
5090 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5091 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5092 && s[1] != ':');
5093}
5094
5095/*
5096 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5097 */
5098 int
5099cin_isscopedecl(s)
5100 char_u *s;
5101{
5102 int i;
5103
5104 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5105 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5106 i = 6;
5107 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5108 i = 9;
5109 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5110 i = 7;
5111 else
5112 return FALSE;
5113 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5114}
5115
5116/*
5117 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5118 * Return NULL if not found.
5119 * case 234: a = b;
5120 * ^
5121 */
5122 static char_u *
5123after_label(l)
5124 char_u *l;
5125{
5126 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5127 {
5128 if (*l == ':')
5129 {
5130 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5131 ++l;
5132 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5133 break;
5134 }
5135 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5136 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5137 }
5138 if (*l == NUL)
5139 return NULL;
5140 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5141 if (*l == NUL)
5142 return NULL;
5143 return l;
5144}
5145
5146/*
5147 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5148 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5149 */
5150 static int
5151get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5152 linenr_T lnum;
5153{
5154 char_u *l;
5155 pos_T fp;
5156 colnr_T col;
5157 char_u *p;
5158
5159 l = ml_get(lnum);
5160 p = after_label(l);
5161 if (p == NULL)
5162 return 0;
5163
5164 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5165 fp.lnum = lnum;
5166 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5167 return (int)col;
5168}
5169
5170/*
5171 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005172 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005173 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5174 * ^
5175 */
5176 static int
5177skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5178 linenr_T lnum;
5179 char_u **pp;
5180 int ind_maxcomment;
5181{
5182 char_u *l;
5183 int amount;
5184 pos_T cursor_save;
5185
5186 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5187 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5188 l = ml_get_curline();
5189 /* XXX */
5190 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5191 {
5192 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5193 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5194 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5195 l = ml_get_curline();
5196 }
5197 else
5198 {
5199 amount = get_indent();
5200 l = ml_get_curline();
5201 }
5202 *pp = l;
5203
5204 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5205 return amount;
5206}
5207
5208/*
5209 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5210 * int a, indent of "a"
5211 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5212 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5213 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5214 */
5215 static int
5216cin_first_id_amount()
5217{
5218 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5219 int len;
5220 pos_T fp;
5221 colnr_T col;
5222
5223 line = ml_get_curline();
5224 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005225 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005226 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5227 {
5228 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005229 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005230 }
5231 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5232 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5233 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5234 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5235 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5236 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5237 {
5238 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5239 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5240 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5241 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5242 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5243 p = s;
5244 }
5245 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5246 ;
5247 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5248 return 0;
5249
5250 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5251 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5252 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5253 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5254 return (int)col;
5255}
5256
5257/*
5258 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5259 * char *foo = "here";
5260 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5261 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5262 * foo = "asdf\
5263 * asdf\
5264 * here";
5265 */
5266 static int
5267cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5268 linenr_T lnum;
5269{
5270 char_u *line;
5271 char_u *s;
5272 colnr_T col;
5273 pos_T fp;
5274
5275 if (lnum > 1)
5276 {
5277 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5278 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5279 return -1;
5280 }
5281
5282 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5283 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5284 {
5285 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5286 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5287 else
5288 ++s;
5289 }
5290 if (*s != '=')
5291 return 0;
5292
5293 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5294 if (cin_nocode(s))
5295 return 0;
5296
5297 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5298 ++s;
5299
5300 fp.lnum = lnum;
5301 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5302 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5303 return (int)col;
5304}
5305
5306/*
5307 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5308 */
5309 static int
5310cin_ispreproc(s)
5311 char_u *s;
5312{
5313 s = skipwhite(s);
5314 if (*s == '#')
5315 return TRUE;
5316 return FALSE;
5317}
5318
5319/*
5320 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5321 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5322 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5323 */
5324 static int
5325cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5326 char_u **pp;
5327 linenr_T *lnump;
5328{
5329 char_u *line = *pp;
5330 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5331 int retval = FALSE;
5332
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005333 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005334 {
5335 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5336 {
5337 retval = TRUE;
5338 *lnump = lnum;
5339 break;
5340 }
5341 if (lnum == 1)
5342 break;
5343 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5344 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5345 break;
5346 }
5347
5348 if (lnum != *lnump)
5349 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5350 return retval;
5351}
5352
5353/*
5354 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5355 */
5356 static int
5357cin_iscomment(p)
5358 char_u *p;
5359{
5360 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5361}
5362
5363/*
5364 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5365 */
5366 static int
5367cin_islinecomment(p)
5368 char_u *p;
5369{
5370 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5371}
5372
5373/*
5374 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5375 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5376 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5377 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5378 */
5379 static int
5380cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5381 char_u *s;
5382 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5383 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5384{
5385 char_u found_start = 0;
5386
5387 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5388
5389 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5390 found_start = *s;
5391
5392 while (*s)
5393 {
5394 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5395 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5396 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5397 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5398 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5399 return *s;
5400
5401 if (*s)
5402 s++;
5403 }
5404 return found_start;
5405}
5406
5407/*
5408 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5409 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5410 * no semicolons anywhere.
5411 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5412 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5413 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5414 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5415 */
5416 static int
5417cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5418 char_u **sp;
5419 linenr_T first_lnum;
5420{
5421 char_u *s;
5422 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5423 int retval = FALSE;
5424
5425 if (sp == NULL)
5426 s = ml_get(lnum);
5427 else
5428 s = *sp;
5429
5430 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5431 {
5432 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5433 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5434 else
5435 ++s;
5436 }
5437 if (*s != '(')
5438 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5439
5440 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5441 {
5442 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5443 {
5444 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5445 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5446 * #if defined(x) && \
5447 * defined(y)
5448 */
5449 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5450 s = ml_get(lnum);
5451 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5452 retval = TRUE;
5453 goto done;
5454 }
5455 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5456 {
5457 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5458 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5459 break;
5460
5461 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5462 }
5463 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5464 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5465 else
5466 ++s;
5467 }
5468
5469done:
5470 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5471 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5472
5473 return retval;
5474}
5475
5476 static int
5477cin_isif(p)
5478 char_u *p;
5479{
5480 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5481}
5482
5483 static int
5484cin_iselse(p)
5485 char_u *p;
5486{
5487 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5488 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5489 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5490}
5491
5492 static int
5493cin_isdo(p)
5494 char_u *p;
5495{
5496 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5497}
5498
5499/*
5500 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5501 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5502 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5503 */
5504 static int
5505cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5506 char_u *p;
5507 linenr_T lnum;
5508 int ind_maxparen;
5509{
5510 pos_T cursor_save;
5511 pos_T *trypos;
5512 int retval = FALSE;
5513
5514 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5515 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5516 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5517 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5518 {
5519 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5520 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5521 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5522 p = ml_get_curline();
5523 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5524 {
5525 ++p;
5526 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5527 }
5528 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5529 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5530 retval = TRUE;
5531 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5532 }
5533 return retval;
5534}
5535
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005536/*
5537 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5538 * do
5539 * nothing;
5540 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005541 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005542 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5543 */
5544 static int
5545cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5546 int terminated;
5547 int ind_maxparen;
5548 int ind_maxcomment;
5549{
5550 char_u *line;
5551 char_u *p;
5552 char_u *s;
5553 pos_T *trypos;
5554 int i;
5555
5556 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5557 return FALSE;
5558
5559 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5560 while (*p != NUL)
5561 {
5562 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5563 if (*p == ')')
5564 {
5565 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5566 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5567 {
5568 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5569 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005570 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005571 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5572 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5573 if (trypos != NULL)
5574 {
5575 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5576 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5577 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5578 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5579 {
5580 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5581 return TRUE;
5582 }
5583 }
5584
5585 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5586 line = ml_get_curline();
5587 p = line + i;
5588 }
5589 }
5590 if (*p != NUL)
5591 ++p;
5592 }
5593 return FALSE;
5594}
5595
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005596 static int
5597cin_isbreak(p)
5598 char_u *p;
5599{
5600 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5601}
5602
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005603/*
5604 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005605 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5606 *
5607 * class MyClass :
5608 * baseClass <-- here
5609 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5610 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5611 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5612 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005613 *
5614 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005615 */
5616 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005617cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005618 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005619{
5620 char_u *s;
5621 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005622 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005623 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005624
5625 *col = 0;
5626
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005627 s = skipwhite(line);
5628 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5629 return FALSE;
5630 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005631 if (*s == NUL)
5632 return FALSE;
5633
5634 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5635
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005636 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5637 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5638 * a = cond ?
5639 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005640 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005641 * func::foo()
5642 * : something
5643 * {}
5644 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5645 * : something(4),
5646 * somethingelse(3)
5647 * {}
5648 */
5649 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005650 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005651 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5652 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005653 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5654 break;
5655 while (*s != NUL)
5656 {
5657 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5658 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5659 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5660 break;
5661 if (*s != NUL)
5662 ++s;
5663 }
5664 if (*s != NUL)
5665 break;
5666 --lnum;
5667 }
5668
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005669 line = ml_get(lnum);
5670 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005671 for (;;)
5672 {
5673 if (*s == NUL)
5674 {
5675 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5676 break;
5677 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005678 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5679 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5680 if (*s == NUL)
5681 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005682 }
5683
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005684 if (s[0] == ':')
5685 {
5686 if (s[1] == ':')
5687 {
5688 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5689 * initialization any more */
5690 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5691 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5692 }
5693 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5694 {
5695 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005696 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5698 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5699 *col = 0;
5700 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5701 }
5702 else
5703 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5704 }
5705 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5706 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5707 {
5708 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5709 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5710
5711 if (*s == 'c')
5712 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5713 else
5714 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5715 }
5716 else
5717 {
5718 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5719 {
5720 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5721 }
5722 else if (s[0] == ')')
5723 {
5724 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5725 * something like "):" */
5726 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5727 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5728 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005729 else if (s[0] == '?')
5730 {
5731 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5732 return FALSE;
5733 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005734 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5735 {
5736 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5737 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5738 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5739 }
5740 else if (*col == 0)
5741 {
5742 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5743 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5744
5745 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005746 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005747 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5748 }
5749
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005750 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5751 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5752 *col = 0;
5753
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5755 }
5756 }
5757
5758 return cpp_base_class;
5759}
5760
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005761 static int
5762get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5763 int col;
5764 int ind_maxparen;
5765 int ind_maxcomment;
5766 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5767{
5768 int amount;
5769 colnr_T vcol;
5770 pos_T *trypos;
5771
5772 if (col == 0)
5773 {
5774 amount = get_indent();
5775 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5776 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5777 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5778 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5779 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5780 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5781 }
5782 else
5783 {
5784 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5785 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5786 amount = (int)vcol;
5787 }
5788 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5789 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5790 return amount;
5791}
5792
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005793/*
5794 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5795 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5796 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5797 */
5798 static int
5799cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5800 char_u *s;
5801 char_u *find;
5802 char_u *ignore;
5803{
5804 char_u *p = s;
5805 char_u *r;
5806 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5807
5808 while (*p != NUL)
5809 {
5810 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5811 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5812 {
5813 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5814 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5815 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5816 if (cin_nocode(r))
5817 return TRUE;
5818 }
5819 if (*p != NUL)
5820 ++p;
5821 }
5822 return FALSE;
5823}
5824
5825/*
5826 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5827 * Return the column found.
5828 */
5829 static int
5830cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5831 pos_T *trypos;
5832{
5833 char_u *line;
5834 char_u *p;
5835
5836 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5837 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5838 {
5839 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5840 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5841 else
5842 {
5843 p = skip_string(p);
5844 ++p;
5845 }
5846 }
5847 return (int)(p - line);
5848}
5849
5850/*
5851 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5852 * Return NULL if no match found.
5853 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5854 * work. */
5855/* foo() */
5856/* { */
5857/* } */
5858
5859 static pos_T *
5860find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5861 int ind_maxcomment;
5862{
5863 pos_T cursor_save;
5864 pos_T *trypos;
5865 pos_T *pos;
5866 static pos_T pos_copy;
5867
5868 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5869 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5870 {
5871 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5872 trypos = &pos_copy;
5873 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5874 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005875 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005876 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5877 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5878 break;
5879 if (pos != NULL)
5880 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5881 }
5882 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5883 return trypos;
5884}
5885
5886/*
5887 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5888 * Return NULL of no match found.
5889 */
5890 static pos_T *
5891find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5892 int ind_maxparen;
5893 int ind_maxcomment;
5894{
5895 pos_T cursor_save;
5896 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005897 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005898
5899 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5900 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5901 {
5902 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5903 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5904 trypos = NULL;
5905 else
5906 {
5907 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5908 trypos = &pos_copy;
5909 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5910 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5911 trypos = NULL;
5912 }
5913 }
5914 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5915 return trypos;
5916}
5917
5918/*
5919 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5920 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5921 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5922 * looking a few lines further.
5923 */
5924 static int
5925corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5926 int ind_maxparen;
5927 pos_T *startpos;
5928{
5929 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5930
5931 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5932 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5933 return ind_maxparen;
5934}
5935
5936/*
5937 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5938 * line "l".
5939 */
5940 static int
5941find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5942 char_u *l;
5943 int start, end;
5944{
5945 int i;
5946 int retval = FALSE;
5947 int open_count = 0;
5948
5949 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5950
5951 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5952 {
5953 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5954 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5955 if (l[i] == start)
5956 ++open_count;
5957 else if (l[i] == end)
5958 {
5959 if (open_count > 0)
5960 --open_count;
5961 else
5962 {
5963 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5964 retval = TRUE;
5965 }
5966 }
5967 }
5968 return retval;
5969}
5970
5971 int
5972get_c_indent()
5973{
5974 /*
5975 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5976 * block should be
5977 */
5978 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5979
5980 /*
5981 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5982 * line is imagined to be.
5983 */
5984 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5985
5986 /*
5987 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5988 * an opening brace.
5989 */
5990 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5991
5992 /*
5993 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5994 */
5995 int ind_first_open = 0;
5996
5997 /*
5998 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5999 * located
6000 */
6001 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6002
6003 /*
6004 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6005 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6006 * brace should be located
6007 */
6008 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6009
6010 /*
6011 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6012 * column is imagined to be
6013 */
6014 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6015
6016 /*
6017 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6018 */
6019 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6020
6021 /*
6022 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6023 */
6024 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6025
6026 /*
6027 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6028 */
6029 int ind_case_break = 0;
6030
6031 /*
6032 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6033 * should be located
6034 */
6035 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6036
6037 /*
6038 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6039 */
6040 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6041
6042 /*
6043 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6044 */
6045 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6046
6047 /*
6048 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6049 */
6050 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6051
6052 /*
6053 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6054 * should be indented
6055 */
6056 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6057
6058 /*
6059 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6060 * should be located
6061 */
6062 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6063
6064 /*
6065 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6066 */
6067 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6068
6069 /*
6070 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6071 * itself is also unclosed
6072 */
6073 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6074
6075 /*
6076 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6077 * unclosed parentheses.
6078 */
6079 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6080
6081 /*
6082 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6083 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6084 * context (for very long lines).
6085 */
6086 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6087
6088 /*
6089 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6090 * an unclosed parentheses.
6091 */
6092 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6093
6094 /*
6095 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6096 * opening parentheses.
6097 */
6098 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6099
6100 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006101 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6102 */
6103 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6104
6105 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006106 * Extra indent for comments.
6107 */
6108 int ind_comment = 0;
6109
6110 /*
6111 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6112 */
6113 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6114
6115 /*
6116 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6117 * after the comment opener.
6118 */
6119 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6120
6121 /*
6122 * max lines to search for an open paren
6123 */
6124 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6125
6126 /*
6127 * max lines to search for an open comment
6128 */
6129 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6130
6131 /*
6132 * handle braces for java code
6133 */
6134 int ind_java = 0;
6135
6136 /*
6137 * handle blocked cases correctly
6138 */
6139 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6140
6141 pos_T cur_curpos;
6142 int amount;
6143 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006144 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006145 colnr_T col;
6146 char_u *theline;
6147 char_u *linecopy;
6148 pos_T *trypos;
6149 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6150 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6151 char_u *start;
6152 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006153#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006154#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6155#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6156 linenr_T ourscope;
6157 char_u *l;
6158 char_u *look;
6159 char_u terminated;
6160 int lookfor;
6161#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6162#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6163#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6164#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6165#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6166#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6167#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6168#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6169#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6170#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6171#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6172
6173 int whilelevel;
6174 linenr_T lnum;
6175 char_u *options;
6176 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6177 int divider;
6178 int n;
6179 int iscase;
6180 int lookfor_break;
6181 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6182
6183 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6184 {
6185 l = options++;
6186 if (*options == '-')
6187 ++options;
6188 n = getdigits(&options);
6189 divider = 0;
6190 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6191 {
6192 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6193 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6194 {
6195 ++options;
6196 if (divider)
6197 divider *= 10;
6198 else
6199 divider = 10;
6200 }
6201 }
6202 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6203 {
6204 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6205 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6206 else
6207 {
6208 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6209 if (divider)
6210 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6211 }
6212 ++options;
6213 }
6214 if (l[1] == '-')
6215 n = -n;
6216 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006217 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006218 switch (*l)
6219 {
6220 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6221 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6222 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6223 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6224 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6225 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6226 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6227 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6228 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6229 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6230 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6231 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6232 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6233 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6234 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6235 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6236 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6237 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6238 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6239 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6240 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6241 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6242 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006243 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006244 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6245 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6246 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6247 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6248 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6249 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006250 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006251 }
6252 }
6253
6254 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6255 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6256
6257 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6258 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6259 * ml_get is valid! */
6260 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6261 if (linecopy == NULL)
6262 return 0;
6263
6264 /*
6265 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6266 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6267 * inserting new stuff.
6268 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6269 * check for that.
6270 */
6271 if ((State & INSERT)
6272 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6273 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6274 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6275
6276 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6277
6278 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6279
6280 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6281
6282 /*
6283 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6284 */
6285 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6286 {
6287 amount = 0;
6288 }
6289
6290 /*
6291 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6292 */
6293 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6294 {
6295 amount = 0;
6296 }
6297
6298 /*
6299 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6300 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6301 */
6302 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6303 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6304 {
6305 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6306 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6307 amount = col;
6308 }
6309
6310 /*
6311 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6312 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6313 */
6314 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6315 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6316 {
6317 int lead_start_len = 2;
6318 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6319 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6320 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6321 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6322 char_u *p;
6323 int start_align = 0;
6324 int start_off = 0;
6325 int done = FALSE;
6326
6327 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6328 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6329 amount = col;
6330
6331 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6332 while (*p != NUL)
6333 {
6334 int align = 0;
6335 int off = 0;
6336 int what = 0;
6337
6338 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6339 {
6340 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6341 what = *p++;
6342 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6343 align = *p++;
6344 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6345 off = getdigits(&p);
6346 else
6347 ++p;
6348 }
6349
6350 if (*p == ':')
6351 ++p;
6352 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6353 if (what == COM_START)
6354 {
6355 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6356 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6357 start_off = off;
6358 start_align = align;
6359 }
6360 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6361 {
6362 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6363 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6364 }
6365 else if (what == COM_END)
6366 {
6367 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6368 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6369 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6370 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6371 {
6372 done = TRUE;
6373 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6374 {
6375 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006376 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006377 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6378 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6379 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6380 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6381 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6382 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6383 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6384 {
6385 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6386 break;
6387 }
6388 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6389 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6390 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6391 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6392 continue;
6393 }
6394 if (start_off != 0)
6395 amount += start_off;
6396 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006397 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6398 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006399 break;
6400 }
6401
6402 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6403 * with the middle comment */
6404 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6405 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6406 {
6407 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6408 /* XXX */
6409 if (off != 0)
6410 amount += off;
6411 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006412 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6413 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006414 done = TRUE;
6415 break;
6416 }
6417 }
6418 }
6419
6420 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6421 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6422 * with the first character of the comment text.
6423 */
6424 if (done)
6425 ;
6426 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6427 amount += 1;
6428 else
6429 {
6430 /*
6431 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6432 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6433 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6434 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6435 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6436 */
6437 amount = -1;
6438 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6439 {
6440 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6441 continue;
6442 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6443 break;
6444 }
6445 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6446 {
6447 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6448 {
6449 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6450 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6451 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6452 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6453 }
6454 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6455 amount = col;
6456 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6457 amount += ind_in_comment;
6458 }
6459 }
6460 }
6461
6462 /*
6463 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6464 */ /* XXX */
6465 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6466 && ind_java == 0)
6467 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6468 || trypos != NULL)
6469 {
6470 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6471 {
6472 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6473 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6474 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6475 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6476 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6477 trypos = NULL;
6478 else
6479 tryposBrace = NULL;
6480 }
6481
6482 if (trypos != NULL)
6483 {
6484 /*
6485 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6486 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6487 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006488 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006489 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006490 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6491 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6492 }
6493 else
6494 {
6495 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006496 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6497 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006498 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006499 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6500 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6501 continue;
6502 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6503 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6504 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006505
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006506 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6507 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6508 {
6509 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6510 continue;
6511 }
6512
6513 /* XXX */
6514 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6515 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006516 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006517 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6518 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6519 {
6520 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006521
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006522 if (theline[0] == ')')
6523 {
6524 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6525 && cur_amount > amount)
6526 cur_amount = amount;
6527 amount = -1;
6528 }
6529 break;
6530 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006531 }
6532 }
6533
6534 /*
6535 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6536 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6537 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6538 */
6539 if (amount == -1)
6540 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006541 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6542
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006543 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006544 look = skipwhite(look);
6545 if (*look == '(')
6546 {
6547 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6548 char_u *line;
6549 int look_col;
6550
6551 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6552 * our matching '('. */
6553 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6554 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006555 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006556 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6557 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6558 != NULL
6559 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6560 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6561 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6562
6563 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6564 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6565 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006566 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006567 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6568 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006569 {
6570 /*
6571 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6572 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6573 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6574 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6575 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6576 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6577 * lines).
6578 */
6579 if (theline[0] != ')')
6580 {
6581 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6582 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6583 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6584 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6585 {
6586 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6587 * for each additional level */
6588 n = 1;
6589 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6590 {
6591 switch (l[col])
6592 {
6593 case '(':
6594 case '{': ++n;
6595 break;
6596
6597 case ')':
6598 case '}': if (n > 1)
6599 --n;
6600 break;
6601 }
6602 }
6603
6604 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6605 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6606 }
6607 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6608 our_paren_pos.col++;
6609 else
6610 {
6611 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6612 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6613 col++;
6614 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6615 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6616 else
6617 our_paren_pos.col++;
6618 }
6619 }
6620
6621 /*
6622 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6623 * if we did the above "if".
6624 */
6625 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6626 {
6627 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6628 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6629 cur_amount = col;
6630 }
6631 }
6632
6633 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6634 {
6635 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6636 }
6637 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006638 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006639 {
6640 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6641 amount = cur_amount;
6642 }
6643 else
6644 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006645 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6646 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006647 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006648 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006649 {
6650 --our_paren_pos.col;
6651 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6652 {
6653 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6654 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6655 break;
6656 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6657 col = MAXCOL;
6658 break;
6659 }
6660 }
6661
6662 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6663 * braces */
6664 if (col == MAXCOL)
6665 amount += ind_unclosed;
6666 else
6667 {
6668 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6669 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6670 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6671 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6672 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6673 else
6674 amount += ind_unclosed;
6675 }
6676 /*
6677 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6678 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6679 * lines:
6680 * func_long_name( if (x
6681 * arg && yy
6682 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6683 */
6684 if (cur_amount < amount)
6685 amount = cur_amount;
6686 }
6687 }
6688
6689 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6690 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6691 amount += ind_comment;
6692 }
6693
6694 /*
6695 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6696 */
6697 else
6698 {
6699 trypos = tryposBrace;
6700
6701 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6702 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6703
6704 /*
6705 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6706 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6707 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6708 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6709 */
6710 look = skipwhite(start);
6711 if (*look == '{')
6712 {
6713 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6714 amount = col;
6715 if (*start == '{')
6716 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6717 else
6718 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6719 }
6720 else
6721 {
6722 /*
6723 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6724 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6725 */
6726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6727
6728 /*
6729 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6730 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6731 */
6732 lnum = ourscope;
6733 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6734 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6735 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6736 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6737
6738 /*
6739 * It could have been something like
6740 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6741 * ldfd) {
6742 * }
6743 */
6744 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6745 amount = get_indent();
6746 else
6747 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6748
6749 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6750 }
6751
6752 /*
6753 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6754 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6755 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6756 */
6757 if (theline[0] == '}')
6758 {
6759 /*
6760 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6761 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6762 */
6763 amount += ind_close_extra;
6764 }
6765 else
6766 {
6767 /*
6768 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6769 * to match it with.
6770 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6771 * to match it with.
6772 */
6773 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6774 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6775 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6776 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6777 /* XXX */
6778 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6779 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6780 {
6781 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6782 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6783 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6784 {
6785 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6786 goto theend;
6787 }
6788 }
6789
6790 /*
6791 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6792 * failed to find a matching "if").
6793 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6794 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6795 */
6796
6797 /*
6798 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6799 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6800 * location for ind_open_extra.
6801 */
6802
6803 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6804 {
6805 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6806 }
6807 else
6808 {
6809 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6810 amount += ind_open_imag;
6811 else
6812 {
6813 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6814 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6815 if (amount < 0)
6816 amount = 0;
6817 }
6818 }
6819
6820 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6821
6822 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6823 {
6824 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6825 amount += ind_case;
6826 }
6827 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6828 {
6829 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6830 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6831 }
6832 else
6833 {
6834 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6835 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6836
6837 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6838 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6839 }
6840 scope_amount = amount;
6841 whilelevel = 0;
6842
6843 /*
6844 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6845 * with that.
6846 *
6847 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6848 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6849 * that opens the block.
6850 */
6851 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6852 for (;;)
6853 {
6854 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6855 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6856
6857 /*
6858 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6859 * up with it.
6860 */
6861 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6862 {
6863 /* we reached end of scope:
6864 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6865 * go further back:
6866 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6867 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6868 * declaration:
6869 * int x,
6870 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6871 */
6872 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6873 {
6874 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6875 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6876 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6877 {
6878 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6879 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6880 * initialization) */
6881 if (cont_amount > 0)
6882 amount = cont_amount;
6883 else
6884 amount += ind_continuation;
6885 break;
6886 }
6887
6888 l = ml_get_curline();
6889
6890 /*
6891 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6892 * comment.
6893 */
6894 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6895 if (trypos != NULL)
6896 {
6897 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006898 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006899 continue;
6900 }
6901
6902 /*
6903 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6904 */
6905 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6906 continue;
6907
6908 if (cin_nocode(l))
6909 continue;
6910
6911 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6912
6913 /*
6914 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6915 * function declaration, we are done
6916 * (it's a variable declaration).
6917 */
6918 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6919 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6920 {
6921 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6922 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6923 * don't add extra indent.
6924 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6925 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6926 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6927 */
6928 if (terminated == ',')
6929 break;
6930
6931 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6932 * we are done.
6933 */
6934 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6935 break;
6936
6937 /* nothing useful found */
6938 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6939 continue;
6940 }
6941
6942 if (terminated != ';')
6943 {
6944 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6945 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6946 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6947 */ /* XXX */
6948 trypos = NULL;
6949 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6950 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6951 ind_maxcomment);
6952
6953 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6954 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6955
6956 if (trypos != NULL)
6957 {
6958 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006959 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006960 continue;
6961 }
6962 }
6963
6964 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6965 * like in
6966 * int a,
6967 * b;
6968 */
6969 if (cont_amount > 0)
6970 amount = cont_amount;
6971 else
6972 amount += ind_continuation;
6973 }
6974 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6975 {
6976 if (cont_amount > 0)
6977 amount = cont_amount;
6978 else
6979 amount += ind_continuation;
6980 }
6981 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6982 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6983 {
6984 amount = scope_amount;
6985 if (theline[0] == '{')
6986 amount += ind_open_extra;
6987 }
6988 break;
6989 }
6990
6991 /*
6992 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6993 */ /* XXX */
6994 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6995 {
6996 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006998 continue;
6999 }
7000
7001 l = ml_get_curline();
7002
7003 /*
7004 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007005 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007006 */
7007 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
7008 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7009 {
7010 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7011 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7012 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7013 break;
7014
7015 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7016 * labels. */
7017 if (whilelevel > 0)
7018 continue;
7019
7020 /*
7021 * case xx:
7022 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7023 *-> here;
7024 */
7025 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7026 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7027 {
7028 if (cont_amount > 0)
7029 amount = cont_amount;
7030 else
7031 amount += ind_continuation;
7032 break;
7033 }
7034
7035 /*
7036 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7037 * x = 333;
7038 * case yy:
7039 */
7040 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7041 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7042 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7043 {
7044 /*
7045 * Check that this case label is not for another
7046 * switch()
7047 */ /* XXX */
7048 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7049 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7050 {
7051 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7052 break;
7053 }
7054 continue;
7055 }
7056
7057 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7058
7059 /*
7060 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7061 * y = y + 1;
7062 * -> s = 99;
7063 *
7064 * case xx:
7065 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7066 * y = y + 1;
7067 * -> s = 99;
7068 */
7069 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7070 {
7071 if (n)
7072 amount = n;
7073
7074 if (!lookfor_break)
7075 break;
7076 }
7077
7078 /*
7079 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7080 * -> y = y + 1;
7081 *
7082 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7083 * -> y = y + 1;
7084 */
7085 if (n)
7086 {
7087 amount = n;
7088 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7089 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007090 {
7091 if (theline[0] == '{')
7092 amount += ind_open_extra;
7093 else
7094 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7095 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007096 break;
7097 }
7098
7099 /*
7100 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7101 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7102 * switch label.
7103 * break; <- may line up with this line
7104 * case xx:
7105 * -> y = 1;
7106 */
7107 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7108 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7109 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7110 continue;
7111 }
7112
7113 /*
7114 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7115 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7116 */
7117 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7118 {
7119 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7120 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007121 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007122 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007123 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7124 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007125 continue;
7126 }
7127
7128 /*
7129 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7130 */
7131 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7132 {
7133 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7134 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7135 continue;
7136 }
7137
7138 /*
7139 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7140 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7141 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7142 * unlocked it)
7143 */
7144 l = ml_get_curline();
7145 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7146 || cin_nocode(l))
7147 continue;
7148
7149 /*
7150 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7151 * constructor initialization?
7152 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007153 n = FALSE;
7154 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7155 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007156 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007157 l = ml_get_curline();
7158 }
7159 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007160 {
7161 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7162 {
7163 if (cont_amount > 0)
7164 amount = cont_amount;
7165 else
7166 amount += ind_continuation;
7167 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007168 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007169 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007170 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7171 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7172 ind_continuation = 0;
7173 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007174 }
7175 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007176 /* XXX */
7177 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7178 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007179 break;
7180 }
7181 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7182 {
7183 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007184 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7185 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007186 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7187 break;
7188 else
7189 continue;
7190 }
7191
7192 /*
7193 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7194 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007195 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007196 * 123,
7197 * sizeof
7198 * here
7199 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7200 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7201 * (indented).
7202 */
7203 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7204
7205 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7206 && terminated == ','))
7207 {
7208 /*
7209 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7210 * go back to the line that starts it so
7211 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7212 * if ( foo &&
7213 * bar )
7214 */
7215 /*
7216 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7217 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7218 */
7219 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7220 trypos = find_match_paren(
7221 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7222 ind_maxcomment);
7223
7224 /*
7225 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7226 * braces.
7227 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007228 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7229 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007230 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7231
7232 if (trypos != NULL)
7233 {
7234 /*
7235 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7236 * handled above.
7237 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7238 * asdf)
7239 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007240 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007241 l = ml_get_curline();
7242 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7243 {
7244 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007245 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007246 continue;
7247 }
7248 }
7249
7250 /*
7251 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7252 * indent from
7253 * char *usethis = "bla\
7254 * bla",
7255 * here;
7256 */
7257 if (terminated == ',')
7258 {
7259 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7260 {
7261 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7262 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7263 break;
7264 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007265 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007266 }
7267 }
7268
7269 /*
7270 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7271 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7272 */
7273 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7274 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7275
7276 /*
7277 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7278 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7279 * while (not)
7280 * -> {
7281 * }
7282 */
7283 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7284 && theline[0] == '{')
7285 {
7286 amount = cur_amount;
7287 /*
7288 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7289 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7290 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7291 * { 1, 2 },
7292 * -> { 3, 4 }
7293 */
7294 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7295 amount += ind_open_extra;
7296
7297 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7298 {
7299 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7300 * class declaration or initialization */
7301 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7302 continue;
7303 }
7304 break;
7305 }
7306
7307 /*
7308 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7309 * Also allow " } else".
7310 */
7311 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7312 {
7313 /*
7314 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7315 * with the last one.
7316 * if (cond)
7317 * 100 +
7318 * -> here;
7319 */
7320 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7321 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7322 {
7323 if (cont_amount > 0)
7324 amount = cont_amount;
7325 else
7326 amount += ind_continuation;
7327 break;
7328 }
7329
7330 /*
7331 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7332 * are finished.
7333 * while (not)
7334 * -> here;
7335 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7336 * before this is terminated.
7337 * yyy;
7338 * if (stat)
7339 * while (not)
7340 * xxx;
7341 * -> here;
7342 */
7343 amount = cur_amount;
7344 if (theline[0] == '{')
7345 amount += ind_open_extra;
7346 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7347 {
7348 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7349 break;
7350 }
7351
7352 /*
7353 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7354 * do, line up with the while()
7355 * do
7356 * x = 1;
7357 * -> here
7358 */
7359 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7360 if (cin_isdo(l))
7361 {
7362 if (whilelevel == 0)
7363 break;
7364 --whilelevel;
7365 }
7366
7367 /*
7368 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7369 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7370 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7371 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7372 */
7373 if (cin_iselse(l)
7374 && whilelevel == 0
7375 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7376 == NULL
7377 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7378 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7379 break;
7380 }
7381
7382 /*
7383 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7384 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007385 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007386 * the line before this one.
7387 */
7388 else
7389 {
7390 /*
7391 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7392 * the last one.
7393 * c = 99 +
7394 * 100 +
7395 * -> here;
7396 */
7397 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7398 {
7399 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7400 if (terminated == ',')
7401 amount += ind_continuation;
7402 break;
7403 }
7404
7405 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7406 {
7407 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7408 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7409 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7410 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7411 * enumerations/initializations. */
7412 if (terminated == ',')
7413 {
7414 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7415 break;
7416
7417 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7418 continue;
7419 }
7420
7421 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7422 * reduce indent. */
7423 if (amount > cur_amount)
7424 amount = cur_amount;
7425 }
7426 else
7427 {
7428 /*
7429 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7430 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7431 * 100 +
7432 * -> here;
7433 */
7434 amount = cur_amount;
7435
7436 /*
7437 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7438 * are in an initialization or enum
7439 * struct xxx =
7440 * {
7441 * sizeof a,
7442 * 124 };
7443 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7444 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7445 * yet.
7446 */
7447 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7448 {
7449 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7450 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7451 }
7452 else
7453 {
7454 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7455 && *l != NUL
7456 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7457 /* XXX */
7458 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7459 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7460 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7461 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7462 }
7463 }
7464 }
7465 }
7466
7467 /*
7468 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7469 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7470 */
7471 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007472 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7473 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007474 {
7475 /*
7476 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7477 * with the last one.
7478 * while (cond);
7479 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7480 * -> here;
7481 */
7482 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7483 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7484 {
7485 if (cont_amount > 0)
7486 amount = cont_amount;
7487 else
7488 amount += ind_continuation;
7489 break;
7490 }
7491
7492 if (whilelevel == 0)
7493 {
7494 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7495 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7496 if (theline[0] == '{')
7497 amount += ind_open_extra;
7498 }
7499 ++whilelevel;
7500 }
7501
7502 /*
7503 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7504 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7505 * indent of that other statement.
7506 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7507 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7508 */
7509 else
7510 {
7511 /*
7512 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7513 * may be lined up with the case label.
7514 */
7515 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7516 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7517 {
7518 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7519 continue;
7520 }
7521
7522 /*
7523 * Handle "do {" line.
7524 */
7525 if (whilelevel > 0)
7526 {
7527 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7528 if (cin_isdo(l))
7529 {
7530 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7531 --whilelevel;
7532 continue;
7533 }
7534 }
7535
7536 /*
7537 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7538 * the amount for a continuation line.
7539 * x = 1;
7540 * y = foo +
7541 * -> here;
7542 * or
7543 * int x = 1;
7544 * int foo,
7545 * -> here;
7546 */
7547 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7548 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7549 {
7550 if (cont_amount > 0)
7551 amount = cont_amount;
7552 else
7553 amount += ind_continuation;
7554 break;
7555 }
7556
7557 /*
7558 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7559 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7560 * x = 1; x = 1;
7561 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7562 * while (asdf) ->here;
7563 * here;
7564 * ->foo;
7565 */
7566 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7567 {
7568 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7569 break;
7570 }
7571
7572 /*
7573 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7574 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7575 * a terminated line.
7576 */
7577 else
7578 {
7579 /*
7580 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7581 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7582 * the line. Helps for:
7583 * func(asdr,
7584 * asdfasdf);
7585 * here;
7586 */
7587term_again:
7588 l = ml_get_curline();
7589 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7590 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7591 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7592 {
7593 /*
7594 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7595 * handled above.
7596 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7597 * asdf)
7598 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007599 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007600 l = ml_get_curline();
7601 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7602 {
7603 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007604 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007605 continue;
7606 }
7607 }
7608
7609 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7610 * with a statement after it.
7611 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7612 * stat;
7613 * }
7614 * case 2:
7615 * stat;
7616 * }
7617 */
7618 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7619
7620 /*
7621 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7622 * ignoring any jump label.
7623 */
7624 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7625 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7626
7627 if (theline[0] == '{')
7628 amount += ind_open_extra;
7629 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007630 l = skipwhite(l);
7631 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007632 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7633 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7634
7635 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007636 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7637 * the matching "if":
7638 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007639 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007640 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7641 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7642 */
7643 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7644 && *l != '}'
7645 && cin_iselse(l)
7646 && whilelevel == 0)
7647 {
7648 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7649 == NULL
7650 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7651 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7652 break;
7653 continue;
7654 }
7655
7656 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007657 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7658 * that block.
7659 */
7660 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7661 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7662 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7663 != NULL) /* XXX */
7664 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007665 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007666 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7667 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7668 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7669 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7670 goto term_again;
7671 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007672 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007673 }
7674 }
7675 }
7676 }
7677 }
7678 }
7679
7680 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7681 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7682 amount += ind_comment;
7683 }
7684
7685 /*
7686 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7687 *
7688 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7689 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7690 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7691 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7692 */
7693 else
7694 {
7695 /*
7696 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7697 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7698 * of a function
7699 */
7700
7701 if (theline[0] == '{')
7702 {
7703 amount = ind_first_open;
7704 }
7705
7706 /*
7707 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7708 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7709 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7710 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7711 */
7712 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7713 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7714 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7715 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7716 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7717 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7718 {
7719 amount = ind_func_type;
7720 }
7721 else
7722 {
7723 amount = 0;
7724 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7725
7726 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7727
7728 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7729 {
7730 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7731 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7732
7733 l = ml_get_curline();
7734
7735 /*
7736 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7737 */ /* XXX */
7738 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7739 {
7740 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007741 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007742 continue;
7743 }
7744
7745 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007746 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7747 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007748 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007749 n = FALSE;
7750 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7751 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007752 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007753 l = ml_get_curline();
7754 }
7755 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007756 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007757 /* XXX */
7758 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7759 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007760 break;
7761 }
7762
7763 /*
7764 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7765 */
7766 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7767 continue;
7768
7769 if (cin_nocode(l))
7770 continue;
7771
7772 /*
7773 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7774 * indentation:
7775 * int foo,
7776 * bar;
7777 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7778 * enum foobar
7779 * {
7780 * ...
7781 * } foo,
7782 * bar;
7783 */
7784 n = 0;
7785 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7786 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7787 {
7788 /* take us back to opening paren */
7789 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7790 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7791 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007792 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007793
7794 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7795 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7796 * char *foo = "bla\
7797 * bla",
7798 * here;
7799 */
7800 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7801 {
7802 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7803 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7804 break;
7805 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007806 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007807 }
7808
7809 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7810
7811 if (amount == 0)
7812 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7813 if (amount == 0)
7814 amount = ind_continuation;
7815 break;
7816 }
7817
7818 /*
7819 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7820 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7821 */
7822 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7823 break;
7824 l = ml_get_curline();
7825
7826 /*
7827 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7828 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7829 */
7830 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7831 break;
7832
7833 /* (matching {)
7834 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7835 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7836 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7837 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7838 */
7839 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7840 break;
7841
7842 /*
7843 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7844 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7845 * parameters.
7846 */
7847 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7848 {
7849 amount = ind_param;
7850 break;
7851 }
7852
7853 /*
7854 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7855 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7856 * int foo,
7857 * bar;
7858 * indent_to_0 here;
7859 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007860 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007861 {
7862 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7863 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7864 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7865 break;
7866 l = ml_get_curline();
7867 }
7868
7869 /*
7870 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7871 * use the indent of this line.
7872 *
7873 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7874 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7875 */
7876 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7877
7878 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7879 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007880 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007881 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7882 break;
7883 }
7884
7885 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7886 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7887 amount += ind_comment;
7888
7889 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7890 * "asdfasdf\
7891 * here";
7892 * char *foo = "asdf\
7893 * here";
7894 */
7895 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7896 {
7897 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7898 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7899 {
7900 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7901 if (cur_amount > 0)
7902 amount = cur_amount;
7903 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7904 amount += ind_continuation;
7905 }
7906 }
7907 }
7908 }
7909
7910theend:
7911 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7912 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7913
7914 vim_free(linecopy);
7915
7916 if (amount < 0)
7917 return 0;
7918 return amount;
7919}
7920
7921 static int
7922find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7923 int lookfor;
7924 linenr_T ourscope;
7925 int ind_maxparen;
7926 int ind_maxcomment;
7927{
7928 char_u *look;
7929 pos_T *theirscope;
7930 char_u *mightbeif;
7931 int elselevel;
7932 int whilelevel;
7933
7934 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7935 {
7936 elselevel = 1;
7937 whilelevel = 0;
7938 }
7939 else
7940 {
7941 elselevel = 0;
7942 whilelevel = 1;
7943 }
7944
7945 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7946
7947 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7948 {
7949 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7950 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7951
7952 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7953 if (cin_iselse(look)
7954 || cin_isif(look)
7955 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7956 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7957 {
7958 /*
7959 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7960 * we must be out of scope...
7961 */
7962 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7963 if (theirscope == NULL)
7964 break;
7965
7966 /*
7967 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7968 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7969 * out of luck too.
7970 */
7971 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7972 break;
7973
7974 /*
7975 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7976 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7977 * different scope...
7978 */
7979 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7980 continue;
7981
7982 /*
7983 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7984 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7985 * increment elselevel
7986 */
7987 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7988 if (cin_iselse(look))
7989 {
7990 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7991 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7992 ++elselevel;
7993 continue;
7994 }
7995
7996 /*
7997 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7998 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7999 */
8000 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8001 {
8002 ++whilelevel;
8003 continue;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8007 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8008 if (cin_isif(look))
8009 {
8010 elselevel--;
8011 /*
8012 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8013 * get in the way.
8014 */
8015 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8016 whilelevel = 0;
8017 }
8018
8019 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8020 if (cin_isdo(look))
8021 whilelevel--;
8022
8023 /*
8024 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8025 * this must be the if that we want!
8026 * match the indent level of that if.
8027 */
8028 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8029 {
8030 return OK;
8031 }
8032 }
8033 }
8034 return FAIL;
8035}
8036
8037# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8038/*
8039 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8040 */
8041 int
8042get_expr_indent()
8043{
8044 int indent;
8045 pos_T pos;
8046 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008047 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8048 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008049
8050 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8051 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008052 if (use_sandbox)
8053 ++sandbox;
8054 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008055 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008056 if (use_sandbox)
8057 --sandbox;
8058 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008059
8060 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8061 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8062 * command. */
8063 save_State = State;
8064 State = INSERT;
8065 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8066 check_cursor();
8067 State = save_State;
8068
8069 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8070 if (indent < 0)
8071 indent = get_indent();
8072
8073 return indent;
8074}
8075# endif
8076
8077#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8078
8079#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8080
8081static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8082
8083 static int
8084lisp_match(p)
8085 char_u *p;
8086{
8087 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8088 int len;
8089 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8090
8091 while (*word != NUL)
8092 {
8093 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8094 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8095 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8096 return TRUE;
8097 }
8098 return FALSE;
8099}
8100
8101/*
8102 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8103 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8104 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8105 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8106 *
8107 * TODO:
8108 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8109 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8110 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8111 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8112 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8113 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008114 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8115 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008116 */
8117 int
8118get_lisp_indent()
8119{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008120 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008121 int amount;
8122 char_u *that;
8123 colnr_T col;
8124 colnr_T firsttry;
8125 int parencount, quotecount;
8126 int vi_lisp;
8127
8128 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8129 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8130
8131 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8132 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8133
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008134 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8135 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8136 else
8137 {
8138 paren = *pos;
8139 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8140 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8141 pos = &paren;
8142 }
8143 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008144 {
8145 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8146 * line that is at the same () level. */
8147 amount = -1;
8148 parencount = 0;
8149
8150 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8151 {
8152 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8153 continue;
8154 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8155 {
8156 if (*that == ';')
8157 {
8158 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8159 ++that;
8160 continue;
8161 }
8162 if (*that == '\\')
8163 {
8164 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8165 ++that;
8166 continue;
8167 }
8168 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8169 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008170 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8171 {
8172 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8173 if (*that == '\\')
8174 {
8175 if (*++that == NUL)
8176 break;
8177 if (that[1] == NUL)
8178 {
8179 ++that;
8180 break;
8181 }
8182 }
8183 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008184 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008185 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008186 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008187 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008188 --parencount;
8189 }
8190 if (parencount == 0)
8191 {
8192 amount = get_indent();
8193 break;
8194 }
8195 }
8196
8197 if (amount == -1)
8198 {
8199 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8200 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8201 col = pos->col;
8202
8203 that = ml_get_curline();
8204
8205 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8206 amount = 2;
8207 else
8208 {
8209 amount = 0;
8210 while (*that && col)
8211 {
8212 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8213 col--;
8214 }
8215
8216 /*
8217 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8218 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8219 *
8220 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8221 * (...)) of (...))
8222 */
8223
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008224 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8225 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008226 amount += 2;
8227 else
8228 {
8229 that++;
8230 amount++;
8231 firsttry = amount;
8232
8233 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8234 {
8235 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8236 ++that;
8237 }
8238
8239 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8240 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008241 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008242 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008243 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008244 firsttry++;
8245
8246 parencount = 0;
8247 quotecount = 0;
8248
8249 if (vi_lisp
8250 || (*that != '"'
8251 && *that != '\''
8252 && *that != '#'
8253 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8254 {
8255 while (*that
8256 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8257 || quotecount
8258 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008259 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008260 && !quotecount
8261 && !parencount
8262 && vi_lisp)))
8263 {
8264 if (*that == '"')
8265 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008266 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8267 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008268 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008269 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8270 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008271 --parencount;
8272 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8273 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8274 (colnr_T)amount);
8275 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8276 (colnr_T)amount);
8277 }
8278 }
8279 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8280 {
8281 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8282 that++;
8283 }
8284 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8285 amount = firsttry;
8286 }
8287 }
8288 }
8289 }
8290 }
8291 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008292 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008293
8294 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8295
8296 return amount;
8297}
8298#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8299
8300 void
8301prepare_to_exit()
8302{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008303#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8304 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8305 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8306 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008307 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8308#endif
8309
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008310#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8311 if (gui.in_use)
8312 {
8313 gui.dying = TRUE;
8314 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8315 }
8316 else
8317#endif
8318 {
8319 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8320
8321 /*
8322 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8323 * screen (if there are two screens).
8324 */
8325 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8326#ifdef WIN3264
8327 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8328#endif
8329 stoptermcap();
8330 out_flush();
8331 }
8332}
8333
8334/*
8335 * Preserve files and exit.
8336 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8337 */
8338 void
8339preserve_exit()
8340{
8341 buf_T *buf;
8342
8343 prepare_to_exit();
8344
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008345 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8346 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8347 really_exiting = TRUE;
8348
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008349 out_str(IObuff);
8350 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8351 out_flush();
8352
8353 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8354
8355 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8356 {
8357 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8358 {
8359 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8360 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8361 out_flush();
8362 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8363 break;
8364 }
8365 }
8366
8367 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8368
8369 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8370
8371 getout(1);
8372}
8373
8374/*
8375 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8376 */
8377 int
8378vim_fexists(fname)
8379 char_u *fname;
8380{
8381 struct stat st;
8382
8383 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8384 return FALSE;
8385 return TRUE;
8386}
8387
8388/*
8389 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8390 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8391 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8392 * time, because it can be a system call.
8393 */
8394
8395#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8396# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8397# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8398# else
8399# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8400# endif
8401#endif
8402
8403static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8404
8405 void
8406line_breakcheck()
8407{
8408 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8409 {
8410 breakcheck_count = 0;
8411 ui_breakcheck();
8412 }
8413}
8414
8415/*
8416 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8417 */
8418 void
8419fast_breakcheck()
8420{
8421 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8422 {
8423 breakcheck_count = 0;
8424 ui_breakcheck();
8425 }
8426}
8427
8428/*
8429 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8430 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008431 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008432 */
8433 int
8434expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8435 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8436 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8437 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8438 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8439 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8440{
8441 int retval;
8442 int i, j;
8443 char_u *p;
8444 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8445
8446 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8447
8448 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8449 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8450 return retval;
8451
8452#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8453 /*
8454 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8455 */
8456 if (*p_wig)
8457 {
8458 char_u *ffname;
8459
8460 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8461 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8462 {
8463 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8464 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8465 break;
8466# ifdef VMS
8467 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8468# endif
8469 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8470 {
8471 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8472 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8473 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8474 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8475 --*num_file;
8476 --i;
8477 }
8478 vim_free(ffname);
8479 }
8480 }
8481#endif
8482
8483 /*
8484 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8485 */
8486 if (*num_file > 1)
8487 {
8488 non_suf_match = 0;
8489 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8490 {
8491 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8492 {
8493 /*
8494 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8495 * of the list.
8496 */
8497 p = (*file)[i];
8498 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8499 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8500 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8501 }
8502 }
8503 }
8504
8505 return retval;
8506}
8507
8508/*
8509 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8510 */
8511 int
8512match_suffix(fname)
8513 char_u *fname;
8514{
8515 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8516 char_u *setsuf;
8517#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8518 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8519
8520 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8521 setsuflen = 0;
8522 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8523 {
8524 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8525 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8526 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8527 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8528 break;
8529 setsuflen = 0;
8530 }
8531 return (setsuflen != 0);
8532}
8533
8534#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8535
8536# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8537static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8538static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8539# endif
8540
8541# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8542/*
8543 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8544 * it's shared between these systems.
8545 */
8546# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8547# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8548# else
8549# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8550# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8551# endif
8552# endif
8553
8554/*
8555 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8556 */
8557 static int _cdecl
8558pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8559{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008560 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008561}
8562
8563# ifndef WIN3264
8564 static void
8565namelowcpy(
8566 char_u *d,
8567 char_u *s)
8568{
8569# ifdef DJGPP
8570 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8571 while (*s)
8572 *d++ = *s++;
8573 else
8574# endif
8575 while (*s)
8576 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8577 *d = NUL;
8578}
8579# endif
8580
8581/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008582 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8583 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008584 * Return the number of matches found.
8585 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8586 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008587 * Return the number of matches found.
8588 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008589 */
8590 static int
8591dos_expandpath(
8592 garray_T *gap,
8593 char_u *path,
8594 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008595 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008596 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008597{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008598 char_u *buf;
8599 char_u *path_end;
8600 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8601 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8602 char_u *pat;
8603 regmatch_T regmatch;
8604 int starts_with_dot;
8605 int matches;
8606 int len;
8607 int starstar = FALSE;
8608 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008609#ifdef WIN3264
8610 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8611 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8612# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8613 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8614 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8615# endif
8616#else
8617 struct ffblk fb;
8618#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008619 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008620 int ok;
8621
8622 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8623 if (stardepth > 0)
8624 {
8625 ui_breakcheck();
8626 if (got_int)
8627 return 0;
8628 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008629
8630 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008631 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008632 if (buf == NULL)
8633 return 0;
8634
8635 /*
8636 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8637 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8638 */
8639 p = buf;
8640 s = buf;
8641 e = NULL;
8642 path_end = path;
8643 while (*path_end != NUL)
8644 {
8645 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8646 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8647 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8648 *p++ = *path_end++;
8649 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8650 {
8651 if (e != NULL)
8652 break;
8653 s = p + 1;
8654 }
8655 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8656 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8657 e = p;
8658#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8659 if (has_mbyte)
8660 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008661 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008662 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8663 p += len;
8664 path_end += len;
8665 }
8666 else
8667#endif
8668 *p++ = *path_end++;
8669 }
8670 e = p;
8671 *e = NUL;
8672
8673 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8674 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8675 * component. */
8676 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8677 if (rem_backslash(p))
8678 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008679 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008680 --e;
8681 --s;
8682 }
8683
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008684 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8685 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8686 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8687 starstar = TRUE;
8688
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008689 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8690 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8691 if (pat == NULL)
8692 {
8693 vim_free(buf);
8694 return 0;
8695 }
8696
8697 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8698 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8699 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8700 vim_free(pat);
8701
8702 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8703 {
8704 vim_free(buf);
8705 return 0;
8706 }
8707
8708 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8709 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8710
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008711 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8712 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8713 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8714 && *path_end == '/')
8715 {
8716 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8717 ++stardepth;
8718 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8719 --stardepth;
8720 }
8721
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008722 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8723 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8724#ifdef WIN3264
8725# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8726 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8727 {
8728 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8729 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8730 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8731 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8732 if (wn != NULL)
8733 {
8734 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8735 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8736 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8737 {
8738 vim_free(wn);
8739 wn = NULL;
8740 }
8741 }
8742 }
8743
8744 if (wn == NULL)
8745# endif
8746 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8747 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8748#else
8749 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8750 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8751 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8752#endif
8753
8754 while (ok)
8755 {
8756#ifdef WIN3264
8757# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8758 if (wn != NULL)
8759 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8760 else
8761# endif
8762 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8763#else
8764 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8765#endif
8766 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8767 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8768 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8769 && (matchname == NULL
8770 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8771 {
8772#ifdef WIN3264
8773 STRCPY(s, p);
8774#else
8775 namelowcpy(s, p);
8776#endif
8777 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008778
8779 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8780 {
8781 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8782 * find matches. */
8783 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8784 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8785 ++stardepth;
8786 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8787 --stardepth;
8788 }
8789
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008790 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8791 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8792 {
8793 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8794 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008795 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008796 }
8797 else
8798 {
8799 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8800 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8801 if (*path_end != 0)
8802 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8803 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8804 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8805 }
8806 }
8807
8808#ifdef WIN3264
8809# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8810 if (wn != NULL)
8811 {
8812 vim_free(p);
8813 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8814 }
8815 else
8816# endif
8817 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8818#else
8819 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8820#endif
8821
8822 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8823 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8824 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8825 {
8826 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8827#ifdef WIN3264
8828 FindClose(hFind);
8829# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8830 if (wn != NULL)
8831 {
8832 vim_free(wn);
8833 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8834 if (wn != NULL)
8835 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8836 }
8837 if (wn == NULL)
8838# endif
8839 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8840 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8841#else
8842 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8843 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8844#endif
8845 vim_free(matchname);
8846 matchname = NULL;
8847 }
8848 }
8849
8850#ifdef WIN3264
8851 FindClose(hFind);
8852# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8853 vim_free(wn);
8854# endif
8855#endif
8856 vim_free(buf);
8857 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8858 vim_free(matchname);
8859
8860 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8861 if (matches > 0)
8862 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8863 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8864 return matches;
8865}
8866
8867 int
8868mch_expandpath(
8869 garray_T *gap,
8870 char_u *path,
8871 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8872{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008873 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008874}
8875# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8876
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008877#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8878 || defined(PROTO)
8879/*
8880 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8881 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8882 */
8883static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8884
8885 static int
8886pstrcmp(a, b)
8887 const void *a, *b;
8888{
8889 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8890}
8891
8892/*
8893 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8894 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8895 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8896 * at "path + wildoff".
8897 * Return the number of matches found.
8898 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8899 */
8900 int
8901unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8902 garray_T *gap;
8903 char_u *path;
8904 int wildoff;
8905 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8906 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8907{
8908 char_u *buf;
8909 char_u *path_end;
8910 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8911 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8912 char_u *pat;
8913 regmatch_T regmatch;
8914 int starts_with_dot;
8915 int matches;
8916 int len;
8917 int starstar = FALSE;
8918 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8919
8920 DIR *dirp;
8921 struct dirent *dp;
8922
8923 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8924 if (stardepth > 0)
8925 {
8926 ui_breakcheck();
8927 if (got_int)
8928 return 0;
8929 }
8930
8931 /* make room for file name */
8932 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8933 if (buf == NULL)
8934 return 0;
8935
8936 /*
8937 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8938 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8939 */
8940 p = buf;
8941 s = buf;
8942 e = NULL;
8943 path_end = path;
8944 while (*path_end != NUL)
8945 {
8946 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8947 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8948 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8949 *p++ = *path_end++;
8950 else if (*path_end == '/')
8951 {
8952 if (e != NULL)
8953 break;
8954 s = p + 1;
8955 }
8956 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8957 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8958 e = p;
8959#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8960 if (has_mbyte)
8961 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008962 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008963 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8964 p += len;
8965 path_end += len;
8966 }
8967 else
8968#endif
8969 *p++ = *path_end++;
8970 }
8971 e = p;
8972 *e = NUL;
8973
8974 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8975 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8976 * component. */
8977 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8978 if (rem_backslash(p))
8979 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008980 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008981 --e;
8982 --s;
8983 }
8984
8985 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8986 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8987 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8988 starstar = TRUE;
8989
8990 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8991 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8992 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8993 if (pat == NULL)
8994 {
8995 vim_free(buf);
8996 return 0;
8997 }
8998
8999 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009000#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009001 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9002#else
9003 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9004#endif
9005 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9006 vim_free(pat);
9007
9008 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9009 {
9010 vim_free(buf);
9011 return 0;
9012 }
9013
9014 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9015 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9016 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9017 && *path_end == '/')
9018 {
9019 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9020 ++stardepth;
9021 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9022 --stardepth;
9023 }
9024
9025 /* open the directory for scanning */
9026 *s = NUL;
9027 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9028
9029 /* Find all matching entries */
9030 if (dirp != NULL)
9031 {
9032 for (;;)
9033 {
9034 dp = readdir(dirp);
9035 if (dp == NULL)
9036 break;
9037 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9038 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9039 {
9040 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9041 len = STRLEN(buf);
9042
9043 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9044 {
9045 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9046 * find matches. */
9047 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9048 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9049 ++stardepth;
9050 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9051 --stardepth;
9052 }
9053
9054 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9055 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9056 {
9057 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9058 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9059 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9060 }
9061 else
9062 {
9063 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9064 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9065 if (*path_end != NUL)
9066 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9067 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9068 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009069#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009070 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9071 char_u *precomp_buf =
9072 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009073
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009074 if (precomp_buf)
9075 {
9076 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9077 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9078 }
9079#endif
9080 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9081 }
9082 }
9083 }
9084 }
9085
9086 closedir(dirp);
9087 }
9088
9089 vim_free(buf);
9090 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9091
9092 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9093 if (matches > 0)
9094 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9095 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9096 return matches;
9097}
9098#endif
9099
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009100/*
9101 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9102 *
9103 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9104 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9105 *
9106 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9107 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9108 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9109 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9110 */
9111 int
9112gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9113 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9114 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9115 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9116 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9117 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9118{
9119 int i;
9120 garray_T ga;
9121 char_u *p;
9122 static int recursive = FALSE;
9123 int add_pat;
9124
9125 /*
9126 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9127 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9128 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9129 * return FAIL.
9130 */
9131 if (recursive)
9132#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9133 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9134#else
9135 return FAIL;
9136#endif
9137
9138#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9139 /*
9140 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9141 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9142 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9143 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9144 */
9145 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9146 {
9147 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9148# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9149 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9150# endif
9151 )
9152 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9153 }
9154#endif
9155
9156 recursive = TRUE;
9157
9158 /*
9159 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9160 */
9161 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9162
9163 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9164 {
9165 add_pat = -1;
9166 p = pat[i];
9167
9168#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9169 if (vim_backtick(p))
9170 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9171 else
9172#endif
9173 {
9174 /*
9175 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9176 */
9177 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9178 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009179 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009180 if (p == NULL)
9181 p = pat[i];
9182#ifdef UNIX
9183 /*
9184 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9185 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9186 * found file names and start all over again.
9187 */
9188 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9189 {
9190 vim_free(p);
9191 ga_clear(&ga);
9192 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9193 flags);
9194 recursive = FALSE;
9195 return i;
9196 }
9197#endif
9198 }
9199
9200 /*
9201 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9202 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9203 * the pattern.
9204 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9205 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9206 */
9207 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9208 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9209 }
9210
9211 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9212 {
9213 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9214
9215#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9216 slash_to_colon(t);
9217#endif
9218 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9219 * "vim c:/" work. */
9220 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9221 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9222 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9223 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9224 vim_free(t);
9225 }
9226
9227 if (p != pat[i])
9228 vim_free(p);
9229 }
9230
9231 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9232 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9233
9234 recursive = FALSE;
9235
9236 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9237}
9238
9239# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9240
9241/*
9242 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9243 */
9244 static int
9245vim_backtick(p)
9246 char_u *p;
9247{
9248 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9249}
9250
9251/*
9252 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9253 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9254 * Returns number of file names found.
9255 */
9256 static int
9257expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9258 garray_T *gap;
9259 char_u *pat;
9260 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9261{
9262 char_u *p;
9263 char_u *cmd;
9264 char_u *buffer;
9265 int cnt = 0;
9266 int i;
9267
9268 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9269 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9270 if (cmd == NULL)
9271 return 0;
9272
9273#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9274 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009275 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009276 else
9277#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009278 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9279 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009280 vim_free(cmd);
9281 if (buffer == NULL)
9282 return 0;
9283
9284 cmd = buffer;
9285 while (*cmd != NUL)
9286 {
9287 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9288 p = cmd;
9289 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9290 ++p;
9291 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9292 if (p > cmd)
9293 {
9294 i = *p;
9295 *p = NUL;
9296 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9297 *p = i;
9298 ++cnt;
9299 }
9300 cmd = p;
9301 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9302 ++cmd;
9303 }
9304
9305 vim_free(buffer);
9306 return cnt;
9307}
9308# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9309
9310/*
9311 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9312 * EW_DIR add directories
9313 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009314 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009315 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9316 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9317 */
9318 void
9319addfile(gap, f, flags)
9320 garray_T *gap;
9321 char_u *f; /* filename */
9322 int flags;
9323{
9324 char_u *p;
9325 int isdir;
9326
9327 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9328 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9329 return;
9330
9331#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9332 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9333 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9334 return;
9335#endif
9336
9337 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9338 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9339 return;
9340
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009341 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9342 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9343 return;
9344
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009345 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9346 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9347 return;
9348
9349 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9350 if (p == NULL)
9351 return;
9352
9353 STRCPY(p, f);
9354#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9355 slash_adjust(p);
9356#endif
9357 /*
9358 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9359 */
9360#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9361 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9362 add_pathsep(p);
9363#endif
9364 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009365}
9366#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9367
9368#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9369
9370#ifndef SEEK_SET
9371# define SEEK_SET 0
9372#endif
9373#ifndef SEEK_END
9374# define SEEK_END 2
9375#endif
9376
9377/*
9378 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9379 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9380 */
9381 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009382get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009383 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009384 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009385 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9386{
9387 char_u *tempname;
9388 char_u *command;
9389 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9390 int len;
9391 int i = 0;
9392 FILE *fd;
9393
9394 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9395 return NULL;
9396
9397 /* get a name for the temp file */
9398 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9399 {
9400 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9401 return NULL;
9402 }
9403
9404 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009405 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009406 if (command == NULL)
9407 goto done;
9408
9409 /*
9410 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9411 * Don't check timestamps here.
9412 */
9413 ++no_check_timestamps;
9414 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9415 --no_check_timestamps;
9416
9417 vim_free(command);
9418
9419 /*
9420 * read the names from the file into memory
9421 */
9422# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009423 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009424 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9425# else
9426 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9427# endif
9428
9429 if (fd == NULL)
9430 {
9431 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9432 goto done;
9433 }
9434
9435 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9436 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9437 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9438
9439 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9440 if (buffer != NULL)
9441 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9442 fclose(fd);
9443 mch_remove(tempname);
9444 if (buffer == NULL)
9445 goto done;
9446#ifdef VMS
9447 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9448#endif
9449 if (i != len)
9450 {
9451 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9452 vim_free(buffer);
9453 buffer = NULL;
9454 }
9455 else
9456 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9457
9458done:
9459 vim_free(tempname);
9460 return buffer;
9461}
9462#endif
9463
9464/*
9465 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9466 * functions.
9467 */
9468 void
9469FreeWild(count, files)
9470 int count;
9471 char_u **files;
9472{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009473 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009474 return;
9475#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9476 /*
9477 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9478 * been used???
9479 */
9480 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9481#else
9482 while (count--)
9483 vim_free(files[count]);
9484 vim_free(files);
9485#endif
9486}
9487
9488/*
9489 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9490 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9491 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9492 */
9493 int
9494goto_im()
9495{
9496 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9497}